Contents

Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 548
1 of 548

Summary of Content for Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual PDF

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Pictorial index Search by illustration

1 For safety and security Make sure to read through them

2 Instrument cluster

How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of warning lights and indicators, etc.

3 Operation of each component

Opening and closing the doors and windows, adjustment before driving, etc.

4 Driving Operations and advice which are necessary for driving

5 Interior features Usage of the interior features, etc.

6 Maintenance and care

Caring for your vehicle and maintenance procedures

7 When trouble arises What to do in case of malfunction or emergency

8 Vehicle specifications Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.

9 For owners Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners

Index Search by symptom

Search alphabetically

TABLE OF CONTENTS2

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For your information....................... 6 Reading this manual .................... 12 How to search.............................. 13 Pictorial index .............................. 14

1-1. For safe use Before driving ...................... 24 For safe driving ................... 26 Seat belts ............................ 28 SRS airbags ........................ 34 Front passenger occupant

classification system ......... 48 Exhaust gas precautions..... 55

1-2. Child safety Riding with children ............. 56 Child restraint systems........ 57

1-3. Emergency assistance Safety Connect.................... 76

1-4. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer

system............................... 84

2. Instrument cluster Warning lights and

indicators........................... 88 Gauges and meters............. 96 Multi-information display ..... 99 Fuel consumption

information ...................... 107

3-1. Key information Keys...................................112

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Side doors .........................120 Back door ..........................127 Smart key system..............133

3-3. Adjusting the seats Front seats.........................143 Rear seats .........................145 Head restraints ..................147

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

Steering wheel...................151 Inside rear view mirror .......153 Outside rear view

mirrors .............................154 3-5. Opening and closing the

windows Power windows..................157

1 For safety and security

2 Instrument cluster

3 Operation of each component

3

1

8

7

5

4

3

2

9

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

6

4-1. Before driving Driving the vehicle............. 164 Cargo and luggage............ 174 Vehicle load limits ............. 177 Trailer towing..................... 178 Dinghy towing.................... 179

4-2. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch

(vehicles without a smart key system)........... 180

Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system)........... 183

Continuously variable transmission.................... 190

Turn signal lever................ 195 Parking brake .................... 196 Brake Hold ........................ 201

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Headlight switch ................ 204 Automatic High Beam ....... 209 Fog light switch ................. 214 Windshield wipers and

washer ............................ 215 Rear window wiper and

washer ............................ 218

4-4. Refueling Opening the

fuel tank cap ....................220 4-5. Using the driving support

systems Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 ...224 PCS

(Pre-Collision System).....231 LTA

(Lane Tracing Assist) ......246 RSA (Road Sign Assist) ....261 Dynamic radar cruise

controlwith full-speed range...............266

Driving mode select ...........281 BSM

(Blind Spot Monitor).........283 RCTA (Rear Cross

Traffic Alert).....................292 Driving assist systems .......301

4-6. Driving tips Winter driving tips ..............307

4 Driving

TABLE OF CONTENTS4

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Air conditioning system ..... 312 Heated steering wheel/

seat heaters .................... 321 5-2. Using the interior lights

Interior lights list ................ 323 Interior lights ................. 324 Personal lights .............. 325

5-3. Using the storage features

List of storage features...... 326 Glove box...................... 327 Console box.................. 327 Bottle holders................ 328 Cup holders .................. 329

Luggage compartment features ........................... 330

5-4. Using the other interior features

Other interior features ....... 336 Sun visors ..................... 336 Vanity mirrors................ 336 Power outlet .................. 337 Assist grips ................... 338

6-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting

the vehicle exterior ..........340 Cleaning and protecting the

vehicle interior .................344 6-2. Maintenance

Maintenance requirements ...................347

General maintenance ........350 Emission inspection and

maintenance (I/M) programs .........................354

6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Do-it-yourself service precautions......................355

Hood ..................................358 Positioning a floor jack.......360 Engine compartment .........361 Tires...................................376 Tire inflation pressure ........386 Wheels...............................390 Air conditioning filter ..........393 Wireless remote control/

electronic key battery ......397 Checking and replacing

fuses................................401 Headlight aim (vehicles with

front fog lights).................405 Light bulbs .........................407

5 Interior features 6 Maintenance and care

5

1

8

7

5

4

3

2

9

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

6

7-1. Essential information Emergency flashers .......... 422 If your vehicle has to be

stopped in an emergency ................. 423

If the vehicle is submerged or water on the road is rising ............................... 425

7-2. Steps to take in an emergency If your vehicle needs to be

towed .............................. 426 If you think

something is wrong ......... 432 Fuel pump shut off

system............................. 433 If a warning light turns on or

a warning buzzer sounds ............................ 434

If a warning message is displayed......................... 444

If you have a flat tire.......... 449 If the engine will not

start ................................. 460 If the electronic key does not

operate properly (vehicles with a smart key system)........... 462

If the vehicle battery is discharged ...................... 465

If your vehicle overheats ... 470 If the vehicle becomes

stuck................................ 473

8-1. Specifications Maintenance data

(fuel, oil level, etc.) ..........476 Fuel information.................484 Tire information..................487

8-2. Customization Customizable features.......500

8-3. Items to initialize Items to initialize ................512

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners .............................514

Reporting safety defects for Canadian owners .....................515

Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)................................516

SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French)................................518

What to do if... (Troubleshooting).....................530

Alphabetical index ......................534

7 When trouble arises

Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL for information regard- ing the equipment listed below.

Hands-free system (for cellular phone)

Rear view monitor system Audio system Connected services

8 Vehicle specifications

9 For owners

Index

6

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For your information

Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle and the illustrations used may differ from your vehi- cle. All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing. Over time, your vehicle may receive updates that modify the vehicle and make material in this manual incomplete and/or inaccurate. Because of Toy- otas interest in continual product improvement, Toyota reserves the right to make changes to this manual at any time without notice. If Toyota chooses to update the manual, updated versions can be viewed by selecting your vehicle by model and year at the following URL or on your mobile device if you have access to the Toyota app. www.toyota.com/owners

Approximately five hours after the engine is turned off, you may hear a sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of a fuel evaporation leakage check and it does not indicate a malfunction.

Main Owners Manual

Noise from under the vehicle after turning off the engine

7

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehi- cles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle. This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modi- fication with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be covered under warranty. Also, remodeling like this will have an effect on advanced safety equipment such as Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 and there is a danger that it will not work properly or the danger that it may work in situations where it should not be working.

The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as: Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 Anti-lock brake system SRS airbag system Seat belt pretensioner system Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or spe- cial instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.

Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota

Installation of a mobile two-way radio system

8

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The vehicle is equipped with sophisticated computers that will record certain data, such as:

Engine speed / Electric motor speed (traction motor speed) Accelerator status Brake status Vehicle speed Operation status of the driving assist systems Images from the cameras

Your vehicle is equipped with cameras. Contact your Toyota dealer for the location of recording cameras.

The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations. Data Transmission

Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota without notification to you.

Data usage Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose malfunc- tions, conduct research and development, and improve quality. Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except: With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if

the vehicle is leased In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-

ment agency For use by Toyota in a lawsuit For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or

vehicle owner Recorded image information can be erased by your Toyota dealer.

The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the function is disabled, data from when the system operates will not be available.

To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/. Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only) If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those ser- vices, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.

To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/.

Vehicle data recording

9

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main pur- pose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicles systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

How various systems in your vehicle were operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fas-

tened; How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake

pedal; and, How fast the vehicle was traveling.

These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situ- ation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving condi- tions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. Disclosure of the EDR data

Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except when: An agreement from the vehicles owner (or the lessee for a leased vehi-

cle) is obtained In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a govern-

ment agency For use by Toyota in a lawsuit However, if necessary, Toyota may: Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing

information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner

Event data recorder

10

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as a fire. Be sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer before you scrap your vehicle.

Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate. Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These compo- nents may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote con- trol batteries.

Scrapping of your Toyota

Perchlorate Material

WARNING

General precautions while driving Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influ- ence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehi- cle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in death or serious injury. Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents. Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you, your occupants or others.

General precaution regarding childrens safety Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the windows, or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.

11

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

12

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Reading this manual

WARNING: Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or serious injury to people.

NOTICE: Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.

Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps in numerical order.

Indicates the action (push- ing, turning, etc.) used to operate switches and other devices.

Indicates the outcome of an operation (e.g. a lid opens).

Indicates the component or position being explained.

Means Do not, Do not do this, or Do not let this hap- pen.

1 2 3

13

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

How to search

Searching by name Alphabetical index .......P. 534

Searching by installation position Pictorial index................P. 14

Searching by symptom or sound What to do if...

(Troubleshooting) ........P. 530

Searching by title Table of contents .............P. 2

14 Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Pictorial index

Exterior

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 120 Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 120 Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157 Locking/unlocking using the mechanical key*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 462 Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 127 Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 127 Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154 Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154 Folding the mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 155 Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315

15Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 215 Precautions for winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 307 To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer)*1 . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315 Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 220 Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 220 Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 478 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 376 Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 482 Winter tires/tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 307 Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . P. 376 Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 449 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 358 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 358 Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 478 Coping with overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 470 Camera*2

Front side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 204 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 204 Front fog lights*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 214 Parking lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 204 Front turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195 Parking lights/daytime running lights (LED type). . . . . . . . P. 204 Side turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195 Tail lights/side marker lights/turn signal lights. . . . . . P. 195, 204 Back-up lights Shifting the shift lever to R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 190 License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 204

Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving (Replacing method: P. 407, Watts: P. 483)

*1: If equipped

*2: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

16 Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Instrument panel

Engine switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 180, 183 Starting the engine/changing the positions*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 180 Starting the engine/changing the modes*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 183 Emergency stop of the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 423 When the engine will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 460 Warning messages*2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 444 Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 190 Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 190 Precautions against towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 426 When the shift lever does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 193 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 96 Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel . . . . . . P. 96, 98 Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 88 When the warning lights come on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 434

17Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 99 If a warning messages or indicator is displayed . . . . . . . . . . . P. 444 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 195 Headlight switch Headlights/parking lights/tail lights/daytime running lights. . . . P. 204 Front fog lights*3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 214 Windshield wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 215 Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 218 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 215, 218 Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 373 Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 422 Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 358 Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 151 Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 312 Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 312 Rear window defogger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 315 Seat heaters*3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 321 Multimedia system*4

Trip information/past record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 107

*1: Vehicles without a smart key system

*2: Vehicles with a smart key system

*3: If equipped

*4: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

18 Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Switches

Automatic High Beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 209 Fuel filler door opener. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 222 Heated steering wheel switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 321 Instrument panel light control dial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98 Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157 Outside rear view mirror switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154 Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 157 Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 123 Parking brake switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196 Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 196, 197 Precautions against winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 308 Warning buzzer/light/message. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 199, 436, 444 VSC off switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 302 Brake hold switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 201

19Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 100 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 273 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 246 Cruise control switch Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range. . . . . . . . . P. 266 Talk switch*2

Telephone switches*2

Audio remote control switches*2

*1: If equipped

*2: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

20 Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Interior

SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 34 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 24 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 143 Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 145 Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 147 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 28 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 327 Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 123 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 329 Bottle holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 328

21Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SOS button* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 76

Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 324, 325 Vanity lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 336 Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 338 Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 336 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 336 Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 153

*: If equipped

22 Pictorial index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

23

For safety and security 1

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

1-1. For safe use Before driving...................... 24 For safe driving ................... 26 Seat belts ............................ 28 SRS airbags........................ 34 Front passenger occupant

classification system ......... 48 Exhaust gas precautions..... 55

1-2. Child safety Riding with children............. 56 Child restraint systems........ 57

1-3. Emergency assistance Safety Connect ................... 76

1-4. Theft deterrent system Engine immobilizer

system .............................. 84

24 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Before driving

Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place onto the carpet.

Insert the retaining hooks (clips) into the floor mat eyelets.

Turn the upper knob of each retaining hook (clip) to secure the floor mats in place.

*: Always align the marks.

The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the illustration.

Floor mat

1

*

2

251-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause the drivers floor mat to slip, possibly interfering with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. When installing the drivers floor mat

Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.

Only use floor mats designed for the drivers seat. Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) pro-

vided. Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other. Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.

Before driving Check that the floor mat is securely

fixed in the correct place with all the provided retaining hooks (clips). Be especially careful to perform this check after cleaning the floor.

With the engine stopped and the shift lever in P, fully depress each pedal to the floor to make sure it does not inter- fere with the floor mat.

26 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For safe driving

Adjust the angle of the seat- back so that you are sitting straight up and so that you do not have to lean forward to steer. (P. 143) Adjust the seat so that you can depress the pedals fully and so that your arms bend slightly at the elbow when gripping the steering wheel. (P. 143, 151) Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint closest to the top of your ears. (P. 147) Wear the seat belt correctly. (P. 28)

Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driv- ing the vehicle. (P. 28) Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt. (P. 57)

For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate position before driving.

Correct driving posture

Correct use of the seat belts

271-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Make sure that you can see the rear of the vehicle clearly by adjusting the inside and outside rear view mirrors properly. (P. 153, 154)

Adjusting the mirrors

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.

Do not adjust the position of the drivers seat while driving. Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback. A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.

Do not place anything under the front seats. Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an acci- dent and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.

Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads. When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to

feel tired. Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to con- tinue driving and take a break immediately.

28 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Seat belts

Extend the shoulder belt so that it comes fully over the shoulder, but does not come into contact with the neck or slide off the shoulder.

Position the lap belt as low as possible over the hips.

Adjust the position of the seat- back. Sit up straight and well back in the seat.

Do not twist the seat belt.

To fasten the seat belt, push the plate into the buckle until a click sound is heard. To release the seat belt, press the release button.

Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle.

Correct use of the seat belts

Fastening and releasing the seat belt

291-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Push the seat belt shoulder anchor down while pressing the release button. Push the seat belt shoulder anchor up. Move the height adjuster up and down as needed until you hear a click.

The pretensioners help the seat belts to quickly restrain the occu- pants by retracting the seat belts when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe frontal or side collision or a vehicle rollover.

The pretensioners do not activate in the event of a minor frontal impact, a minor side impact or a rear impact.

Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)

Seat belt pretensioners (front and outboard rear seats)

30 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Emergency locking retractor (ELR) The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to extend so that you can move around fully.

Automatic locking retractor (ALR) When a passengers shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (P. 59)

Child seat belt usage The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult size. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child

becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt. (P. 57) When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat

belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (P. 28) Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated

If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.

Seat belt extender If your seat belts cannot be fastened securely because they are not long enough, a personalized seat belt extender is available from your Toyota dealer free of charge.

311-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. Wearing a seat belt

Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt. Always wear a seat belt properly. Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt

for more than one person at once, including children. Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always

use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system. To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than

necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting up straight and well back in the seats.

Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm. Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.

Pregnant women Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 28) Women who are pregnant should posi- tion the lap belt as low as possible over the hips in the same manner as other occupants, extending the shoulder belt completely over the shoulder and avoid- ing belt contact with the rounding of the abdominal area. If the seat belt is not worn properly, not only the pregnant woman, but also the fetus could suffer death or serious injury as a result of sudden braking or a colli- sion.

32 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

People suffering illness Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (P. 28)

When children are in the vehicle P. 68

Seat belt pretensioners (front seats and outboard rear seats) Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passengers seat.

Doing so will disperse the passengers weight, which prevents the sensor from detecting the passengers weight properly. As a result, the seat belt pretensioner for the front passengers seat may not activate in the event of a collision.

If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your Toyota dealer.

Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats) Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or accident. (P. 29)

Seat belt damage and wear Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be

jammed in the door. Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose

parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.

Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted. If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota dealer.

Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.

Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer. Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.

331-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Using a seat belt extender Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without

the extender. Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system

because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increas- ing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.

The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the one originally intended.

NOTICE

When using a seat belt extender When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the extender, not on the seat belt. This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.

34 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS airbags

The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce the risk of death or serious injury.

351-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS front airbags

SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passen- ger from impact with interior components SRS drivers knee airbag Can help provide driver protection SRS front passengers seat cushion airbag Can help restrain the front passenger

SRS side and curtain shield airbags

SRS front side airbags Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants SRS rear side airbags Can help protect the torso of occupants in the rear outer seats SRS curtain shield airbags Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer

seats Can help prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehi-

cle in the event of vehicle rollover

36 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS airbag system components

Front impact sensors Front passenger airbag AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights Side impact sensors (front) Side impact sensors (front doors) Seat belt pretensioners and force limiters (front) Side airbags (front) Side airbags (rear) Curtain shield airbags Drivers seat position sensor

Driver airbag Drivers knee airbag SRS warning light Airbag sensor assembly Seat belt pretensioners and force limiters (rear) Seat cushion airbag Front passengers seat belt buckle switch Drivers seat belt buckle switch Front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors)

371-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on infor- mation obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system compo- nents diagram above. This information includes crash severity and occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in the inflators quickly fills the airbags with nontoxic gas to help restrain the motion of the occupants.

WARNING

SRS airbag precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts

properly. The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.

The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises: Since the risk zone for the drivers airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag pro- vides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10 in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in sev- eral ways: Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the ped-

als comfortably. Slightly recline the back of the seat.

Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250 mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, non- slippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.

If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the air- bag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.

The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view of the instrument panel controls.

38 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

SRS airbag precautions

The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits upright.

Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint sys- tem. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (P. 57)

If the seat belt extender has been con- nected to the front seat belt buckles but the seat belt extender has not also been fastened to the latch plate of the seat belt, the SRS front airbags will judge that the driver and front passenger are wearing the seat belt even though the seat belt has not been connected. In this case, the SRS front airbags may not activate correctly in a collision, resulting in death or serious injury in the event of a collision. Be sure to wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender.

391-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

SRS airbag precautions Do not sit on the edge of the seat or

lean against the dashboard.

Do not allow a child to stand in front of the SRS front passenger airbag unit or sit on the knees of a front passenger.

Do not allow the front seat occupants to hold items on their knees.

Do not lean against the door, the roof side rail or the front, side and rear pil- lars.

Do not allow anyone to kneel on the passenger seats toward the door or put their head or hands outside the vehicle.

40 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

SRS airbag precautions Do not attach anything to or lean any-

thing against areas such as the dash- board, steering wheel pad and lower portion of the instrument panel. These items can become projectiles when the SRS driver, front passenger and drivers knee airbag deploy.

Do not attach anything to areas such as the door, windshield, side window, front or rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip.

Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not attach any heavy, sharp or hard objects such as keys and accessories to the key. The objects may restrict the SRS drivers knee airbag inflation or be thrust into the drivers seat area by the force of the deploying airbag, thus caus- ing a danger.

411-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

SRS airbag precautions If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS drivers knee airbag will

deploy, be sure to remove it. Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side

airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with inflation of the SRS airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the sys- tem or cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate acciden- tally, resulting in death or serious injury.

Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components or the front doors. Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.

Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.

If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.

If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel pad and front and rear pillars garnishes, are damaged or cracked, have them replaced by your Toyota dealer.

Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passengers seat. Doing so will disperse the passengers weight, which prevents the sensor from detecting the passengers weight properly. As a result, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.

42 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury. Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,

instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, and side pil- lars or roof side rails or front door panels, trims and speakers

Modifications to the front door panel (such as making a hole in it) Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the

occupant compartment Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,

winches or roof luggage carrier Modifications to the vehicles suspension system Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD

players Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability

431-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate) Slight abrasions, burns, bruising, etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,

due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases. A loud noise and white powder will be emitted. Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as

well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails, may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.

The windshield may crack. Fuel supply to the engine will be stopped. (P. 433) For Safety Connect subscribers, if any of the following situations occur, the

system is designed to send an emergency call to the response center, noti- fying them of the vehicles location (without needing to push the SOS but- ton) and an agent will attempt to speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the necessary emergency services. ( P. 76) An SRS airbag is deployed. A seat belt pretensioner is activated. The vehicle is involved in a severe rear-end collision.

SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags) The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the

set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or deform). However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following situations: If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,

which can move or deform on impact If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in

which the front of the vehicle underrides, or goes under, the bed of a truck

Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pre- tensioners will activate.

The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger seat will not operate if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.

44 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags) The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an

impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).

Both SRS curtain shield airbags may deploy in the event of a severe side collision.

Both SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover. Both SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy in the event of a severe

frontal collision. Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than

a collision The SRS front airbags and SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some examples are shown in the illustration.

The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown in the illustration.

Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard surface

Falling into or jumping over a deep hole Landing hard or falling

The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone

451-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front airbags) The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.

Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and curtain shield airbags) The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.

The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a frontal or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side collision.

Collision from the side Collision from the rear Vehicle rollover

Collision from the side to the vehicle body other than the passenger compart- ment

Collision from the side at an angle

Collision from the front Collision from the rear Vehicle rollover

46 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.

When to contact your Toyota dealer In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Con- tact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.

Collision from the rear Pitching end over end

The front of the vehicle is damaged or deformed, or was involved in an acci- dent that was not severe enough to cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.

A portion of a door or its surrounding area is damaged, deformed or has had a hole made in it, or the vehicle was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to cause the SRS side and curtain shield airbags to inflate.

The pad section of the steering wheel, dashboard near the front passenger airbag or lower portion of the instrument panel is scratched, cracked, or other- wise damaged.

471-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The front passengers seat cushion sur- face is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

The surface of the seats with the SRS side airbag is scratched, cracked, or oth- erwise damaged.

The portion of the front pillars, rear pil- lars or roof side rail garnishes (padding) containing the SRS curtain shield airbags inside is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

48 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Front passenger occupant classification system

SRS warning light Seat belt reminder light AIR BAG ON indicator light AIR BAG OFF indicator light

Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classi- fication system. This system detects the conditions of the front passenger seat and activates or deactivates the front passenger airbag and seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side.

CanadaU.S.A.

491-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Adult*1

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classi- fication system

Indicator/ warning light

AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights AIR BAG ON

SRS warning light Off

Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or

flashing*3

Devices

Front passenger airbag

Activated Side airbag

on the front passenger seat

Curtain shield airbag in the front passenger side

Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side

Activated*2 or deactivated*3

Front passengers seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated

50 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Child*4

Indicator/ warning light

AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights

AIR BAG OFF or AIR BAG

ON*4

SRS warning light Off

Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or

flashing*3

Devices

Front passenger airbag Deactivated or

activated*4

Side airbag on the front passenger seat

Activated Curtain shield airbag

in the front passenger side

Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side

Deactivated or activated*2, 4

Front passengers seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated

511-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Child restraint system with infant*5

Unoccupied

Indicator/ warning light

AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights

AIR BAG OFF*6

SRS warning light Off

Seat belt reminder light Off*2 or

flashing*3

Devices

Front passenger airbag Deactivated

Side airbag on the front passenger seat

Activated Curtain shield airbag

in the front passenger side

Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side Deactivated

Front passengers seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated

Indicator/ warning light

AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights AIR BAG OFF

SRS warning light Off

Seat belt reminder light

Devices

Front passenger airbag Deactivated

Side airbag on the front passenger seat

Activated Curtain shield airbag

in the front passenger side

Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side Deactivated

Front passengers seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated

52 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

There is a malfunction in the system

*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/ her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt. *3: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt *4: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convertible

seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which may affect this can be the physique or posture.

*5: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (P. 57)

*6: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to install the child restraint system properly. (P. 59)

Indicator/ warning light

AIR BAG ON and AIR BAG OFF indicator lights AIR BAG OFF

SRS warning light On

Seat belt reminder light

Devices

Front passenger airbag Deactivated

Side airbag on the front passenger seat

Activated Curtain shield airbag

in the front passenger side

Seat cushion airbag in the front passenger side Deactivated

Front passengers seat belt pretensioner and force limiter Activated

531-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Front passenger occupant classification system precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant classification system. Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury. Wear the seat belt properly. Make sure the front passengers seat belt plate has not been left inserted

into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat. Make sure the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is not illuminated when using

the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender after making sure the AIR BAG ON indicator light is illuminated. If you use the seat belt extender while the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illumi- nated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger may not activate, which could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.

Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g. seatback pocket).

Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.

Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or press on the seatback with their legs.

Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.

54 1-1. For safe use

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Front passenger occupant classification system precautions Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches the rear

seat. This may cause the AIR BAG OFF indicator light to be illuminated, which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not acti- vate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the effectiveness of the seat belt system.

If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the AIR BAG ON indicator light is illuminated. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and with the seat belt worn correctly. If the AIR BAG OFF indicator still remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.

When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front pas- senger seat in the proper order. (P. 59)

Do not modify or remove the front seats. Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Other-

wise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your Toyota dealer immediately.

Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the front seatbacks.

Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that cov- ers the seat cushion surface.

Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.

551-1. For safe use

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Exhaust gas precautions

Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust gases if inhaled.

WARNING

Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and odorless. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious health hazard. Important points while driving

Keep the back door closed. If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door is

closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

When parking If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a

garage, stop the engine. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine on for a long time.

If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.

Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.

Exhaust pipe The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.

56 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Riding with children

It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid acci- dental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch, etc.

Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the power window accidentally. (P. 124, 157)

Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door, seats, etc.

Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehi- cle. Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicles seat belt.

WARNING

Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to have or use the key. Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral. There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with the side windows, the moon roof (if equipped) or other features of the vehi- cle. In addition, heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.

571-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Child restraint systems

Points to remember......................................................................P. 57 Child restraint system ..................................................................P. 59 When using a child restraint system ............................................P. 60 Child restraint system installation method Fixed with a seat belt ...............................................................P. 63 Fixed with a child restraint LATCH anchor ...............................P. 69 Using an anchor bracket (for top tether strap) .........................P. 72

The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. as well as Canada now require the use of child restraint systems. Prioritize and observe the warnings, as well as the laws and regula-

tions for child restraint systems. Use a child restraint system until the child becomes large enough to

properly wear the vehicles seat belt. Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appro-

priate to the age and size of the child.

Before installing a child restraint system in the vehicle, there are precautions that need to be observed, different types of child restraint systems, as well as installation methods, etc., written in this manual. Use a child restraint system when riding with a small child that

cannot properly use a seat belt. For the childs safety, install the child restraint system to a rear seat. Be sure to follow the installa- tion method that is in the operation manual enclosed with the restraint system.

Table of contents

Points to remember

58 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When a child is riding Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child

must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system which is correctly installed. For installation details, refer to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system. General installation instruction is provided in this manual.

Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that con- forms to the weight and size of the child, installed on the rear seat. Accord- ing to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat.

Holding a child in your or someone elses arms is not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be crushed against the windshield or between the holder and the interior of the vehicle.

Handling the child restraint system If the child restraint system is not properly fixed in place, the child or other passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving, or an accident. If the vehicle were to receive a strong impact from an accident, etc., it is

possible that the child restraint system has damage that is not readily visi- ble. In such cases, do not reuse the restraint system.

Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided with the child restraint system manufacturer and that the system is prop- erly secured.

Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the pas- senger compartment.

If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment.

591-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Types of child restraint system installation methods Confirm with the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system about the installation of the child restraint system.

Child restraint system

Installation method Page

Seat belt attachment P. 63

Child restraint LATCH anchors attachment

P. 69

Anchor brackets (for top tether strap) attach- ment

P. 72

60 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When installing a child restraint system to a front passenger seat For the safety of a child, install a child restraint system to a rear seat. When installing child restraint system to a front passenger seat is unavoidable, adjust the seat as follows and install the child restraint system. Raise the seatback as much

as possible Move the seat to the rear-

most position If the head restraint interferes

with the child restraint sys- tem installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint

When using a child restraint system

611-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When using a child restraint system Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger

seat even if the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illuminated. In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.

A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front pas- senger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.

If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint.

A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. When installing a forward-facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible, even if the AIR BAG OFF indicator light is illuminated.

Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body against the door or the area of the seat, front or rear pillars, or roof side rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact could cause death or serious injury to the child.

62 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When using a child restraint system Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is

positioned across the center of the childs shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the childs neck, but not so that it could fall off the childs shoulder.

Use child restraint system suitable to the age and size of the child and install it to the rear seat.

If the drivers seat interferes with the child restraint system and prevents it from being attached correctly, attach the child restraint system to the right-hand rear seat.

Adjust the front passenger seat so that it does not interfere with the child restraint system.

631-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be prop- erly restrained on the seat with the lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.

Installing child restraint system using a seat belt (child restraint lock function belt)

Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.

Rear-facing Infant seat/convertible seat Place the child restraint sys- tem on the rear seat facing the rear of the vehicle.

Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.

Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.

Child restraint system fixed with a seat belt

1

2

3

64 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

While pushing the child restraint system down into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place. After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 68)

Forward-facing Convertible seat If installing the child restraint system to the front passenger seat is unavoidable, refer to P. 60 for front passenger seat adjustment. If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint sys- tem installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P. 147)

Place the child restraint sys- tem on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.

4

5

1

2

3

651-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Run the seat belt through the child restraint system and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.

Fully extend the shoulder belt and allow it to retract to put it in lock mode. In lock mode, the belt cannot be extended.

While pushing the child restraint system into the rear seat, allow the shoulder belt to retract until the child restraint system is securely in place. After the shoulder belt has retracted to a point where there is no slack in the belt, pull the belt to check that it cannot be extended. If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturers operation manual regarding the installa- tion, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 72) After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 68)

4

5

6

7

8

66 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Booster seat If installing the child restraint system to the front passenger seat is unavoidable, refer to P. 60 for front passenger seat adjustment. High back type: If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P. 147)

Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the vehicle.

Sit the child in the child restraint system. Fit the seat belt to the child restraint sys- tem according to the manu- facturers instructions and insert the plate into the buckle. Make sure that the belt is not twisted.

Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the childs shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (P. 28)

1

2

3

Booster type High back type

4

671-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Removing a child restraint system installed with a seat belt

Press the buckle release button and fully retract the seat belt.

When releasing the buckle, the child restraint system may spring up due to the rebound of the seat cushion. Release the buckle while holding down the child restraint system. Since the seat belt automatically reels itself, slowly return it to the stowing position.

68 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When installing a child restraint system Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes

twisted around a childs neck, it may lead to choking or other serious inju- ries that could result in death. If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used to cut the belt.

Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not twisted.

Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward to ensure that it has been securely installed.

After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat. When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is

positioned across the center of the childs shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the childs neck, but not so that it could fall off the childs shoulder.

Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.

When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.

When installing a booster seat To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause injury or discomfort to the child. (P. 30)

Do not use a seat belt extender If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sud- den braking, sudden swerving or an accident.

691-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Child restraint LATCH anchors LATCH anchors are provided for the rear outboard seats. (Buttons displaying the location of the anchors are attached to the seats.)

When installing in the rear outboard seats Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system.

If the head restraint interferes with the child restraint system installation and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P. 147) Flip up and fold the cover, and fix it with the hook-and- loop fastener.

Child restraint system fixed with a child restraint LATCH anchor

1

2

70 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

With flexible lower attachments

Latch the hooks of the lower attachments onto the LATCH anchors. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connec- tor system.

With rigid lower attachments

Latch the buckles onto the LATCH anchors. For owners in Canada: The symbol on a child restraint system indicates the presence of a lower connec- tor system.

Canada only

3

Canada only

3

711-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the child restraint has a top tether strap, follow the child restraint manufacturers operation manual regarding the installa- tion, using the top tether strap to latch onto the top tether strap anchor. (P. 72) After installing the child restraint system, rock it back and forth to ensure that it is installed securely. (P. 68)

When installing in the rear center seat There are no LATCH anchors behind the rear center seat. How- ever, the inboard LATCH anchors of the outboard seats, which are 16.1 in. (410 mm) apart, can be used if the child restraint system manufacturers instructions permit use of those anchors with the anchor spacing stated. Child restraint systems with rigid lower attachments cannot be installed in the center seat. This type of child restraint system can only be installed in the outboard seat.

Laws and regulations pertaining to anchors The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica- tions can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.

4

5

72 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Anchor brackets (for top tether strap) Anchor brackets are provided for each rear seat. Use anchor brackets when fix- ing the top tether strap.

WARNING

When installing a child restraint system Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects

around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child restraint system.

Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system manufacturer.

Never attach two child restraint system attachments to the same anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and may break. If the LATCH anchors are already in use, use the seat belt to install a child restraint system in the center seat.

When securing some types of child restraint systems in rear seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt effectiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint, move to a different position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.

If the seat is adjusted, reconfirm the security of the child restraint system.

Using an anchor bracket (for top tether strap)

731-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Fixing the top tether strap to the anchor bracket Install the child restraint system in accordance to the operation manual enclosed with the child restraint system. Rear outboard seats

Remove the head restraint. (P. 147)

Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap. Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. (P. 68)

If the head restraint does not interfere with the child restraint system installation, install the head restraint.

1

Top tether strap

Hook

2

3

74 1-2. Child safety

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Rear center seat

Adjust the head restraint to the upmost position. If the head restraint interferes with your child restraint system, and the head restraint can be removed, remove the head restraint. (P. 147)

Latch the hook onto the anchor bracket and tighten the top tether strap. Make sure the top tether strap is securely latched. When installing the child restraint system with the head restraint being raised, be sure to have the top tether strap pass underneath the head restraint.

1

Top tether strap

Hook

2

751-2. Child safety

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Laws and regulations pertaining to anchors The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2. Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifica- tions can be used. This vehicle is designed to conform to SAE J1819.

WARNING

When installing a child restraint system Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Firmly attach the top tether strap and make sure that the belt is not twisted. Do not attach the top tether strap to anything other than the anchor

bracket. After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat. Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system

manufacturer. Rear center seat: When installing the child restraint system with the head

restraint being raised, after the head restraint has been raised and then the anchor bracket has been fixed, do not lower the head restraint.

76 1-3. Emergency assistance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Safety Connect

System components SOS button LED light indicators Microphone

: If equipped

Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cel- lular technology to provide safety and security features to sub- scribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyotas designated response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select, telematics hardware-equipped vehicles. By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada. All use of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable Terms and Conditions.

771-3. Emergency assistance

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Services Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available: Automatic Collision Notification*

Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency ser- vice providers. (P. 79)

*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2

Stolen Vehicle Location Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (P. 80)

Emergency Assistance Button (SOS) Connects drivers to response-center support. (P. 80)

Enhanced Roadside Assistance Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (P. 80)

Subscription After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agree- ment and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services. A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact your Toyota dealer, call the following appropriate Customer Experi- ence Center or push the SOS button in your vehicle for further subscription details. The United States

1-800-331-4331 Canada

1-888-869-6828 Puerto Rico

1-877-855-8377

78 1-3. Emergency assistance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Safety Connect Services Information Phone calls using the vehicles Bluetooth technology will not be possible

when Safety Connect is active and in use. Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models (in

the contiguous United States only). Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to reach the response center or receive emer- gency service support. Enrollment and Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of subscription terms are available; charges vary by subscription term selected and location.

Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance and Stolen Vehicle Location are available in the United States, including Hawaii and Alaska, Puerto Rico and Canada, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance are available in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada.

Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle and Enhanced Road Assistance are not available in the U.S. Virgin Islands. For vehicles first sold in the U.S. Virgin Islands, no Safety Connect services will function in or outside the U.S. Virgin Islands.

Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommuni- cations Act and the device is not TTY compatible.

Languages The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages. The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English, Spanish, and French. Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.

When contacting the response center You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.

791-3. Emergency assistance

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles with- out smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system), the red indicator light comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator light comes on, indicating that the service is active. The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage conditions: Green indicator light on = Active service Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction

(contact your Toyota dealer) No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active

Automatic Collision Notification In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to automatically call the response center. The responding agent receives the vehicles location and attempts to speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automati- cally treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emer- gency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that assistance be sent to the location.

Safety Connect LED light Indicators

Safety Connect services

80 1-3. Emergency assistance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Stolen Vehicle Location If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local author- ities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing a police report, call the Customer Experience Center at 1-800-331- 4331 in the United States, 1-877-855-8377 in Puerto Rico or 1-888- 869-6828 in Canada, and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this service. In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.

Emergency Assistance Button (SOS) In the event of an emergency on the road, push the SOS button to reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent will determine your vehicles location, assess the emergency, and dispatch the necessary assistance required.

If you accidentally press the SOS button, tell the response-center agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.

Enhanced Roadside Assistance Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already included warranty-based Toyota roadside service. Subscribers can press the SOS button to reach a Safety Connect response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs, such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations, please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are available at Toyota.com in the United States, Toyotapr.com in Puerto Rico and Toyota.ca in Canada.

811-3. Emergency assistance

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect. Exposure to radio frequency signals

The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio frequency (RF) signals. In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wire- less phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety stan- dards previously set by the following U.S. and international standards bodies. ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992] NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measure-

ment) Report 86 [1986] ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation

Protection) [1996] Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic eval- uations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engi- neers, and physicians from universities, and government health agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1). The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in addition to those standards.

Safety information for Safety Connect

82 1-3. Emergency assistance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Certification for Safety Connect

831-3. Emergency assistance

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

84 1-4. Theft deterrent system

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Engine immobilizer system

Vehicles without a smart key sys- tem: The indicator light flashes after the key has been removed from the engine switch to indicate that the system is operating. The indicator light stops flashing after the registered key has been inserted into the engine switch to indicate that the system has been canceled. Vehicles with a smart key system: The indicator light flashes after the engine switch has been turned off to indicate that the system is operating. The indicator light stops flashing after the engine switch has been turned to ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode to indicate that the system has been canceled.

The vehicles keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent the engine from starting if a key has not been previously regis- tered in the vehicles on-board computer. Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehi- cle. This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.

851-4. Theft deterrent system

1

For safety and security

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

System maintenance The vehicle has a maintenance-free type engine immobilizer system.

Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system

(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle Certifications for the engine immobilizer system For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.

86 1-4. Theft deterrent system

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For vehicles sold in Canada

NOTICE

To ensure the system operates correctly Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

87

Instrument cluster 2

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

2. Instrument cluster Warning lights and

indicators .......................... 88 Gauges and meters ............ 96 Multi-information display ..... 99 Fuel consumption

information ...................... 107

88 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Warning lights and indicators

The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on the target region.

The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicles vari- ous systems. For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration dis- plays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.

892. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehi- cles systems.

Warning lights

Warning lights Pages

*1 Brake system warning light (red) (U.S.A.) P. 434

*1 Brake system warning light (red) (Canada) P. 434

*1 Malfunction indicator lamp (U.S.A.) P. 435

*1 Malfunction indicator lamp (Canada) P. 435

*1 SRS warning light P. 435

*1 ABS warning light (U.S.A.) P. 435

*1 ABS warning light (Canada) P. 435

*1 Electric power steering system warning light (red) P. 435

*1 Electric power steering system warning light (yellow) P. 435

*2 RCTA OFF indicator (if equipped) P. 435

*1, 3 Slip indicator light P. 436

*1 Brake system warning light (yellow) P. 436

*1, 4 PCS warning light P. 436

90 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*1: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per- formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

*2: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction. *3: The light comes on to indicate a malfunction. *4: The light flashes or illuminates to indicate a malfunction.

*2 Parking brake indicator (U.S.A.) P. 436

*2 Parking brake indicator (Canada) P. 436

Low fuel level warning light P. 437

Drivers and front passengers seat belt reminder light P. 437

Rear passengers seat belt reminder lights (on the center panel) P. 437

*1 Tire pressure warning light P. 437

Warning lights Pages

912. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicles various systems.

Indicators

Indicators Pages

Turn signal indicator P. 195

Headlight indicator (U.S.A.) P. 204

Tail light indicator (Canada) P. 204

Front fog light indicator (if equipped) P. 214

Headlight high beam indicator P. 205

Automatic High Beam indicator P. 209

Parking brake indicator (U.S.A.) P. 196

Parking brake indicator (Canada) P. 196

*1, 2 BSM OFF indicator (if equipped) P. 283

*1 BSM outside rear view mirror indicator (on the outside rear view mirrors) (if equipped)

P. 283, 292

*2 RCTA OFF indicator (if equipped) P. 292

Security indicator (on the center panel) P. 84

*1, 3 Slip indicator light P. 302

92 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*1: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per- formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

*2: The light turns on when the system is off. *3: The light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.

*1, 2 VSC off indicator P. 303

*1, 2 PCS warning light P. 236

*1 AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator (U.S.A.) (on the center panel) P. 48

*1 AIR BAG ON/OFF indicator (Canada) (on the center panel) P. 48

Indicators Pages

932. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*1: These lights turn on when the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) to indicate that a system check is being per- formed. They will turn off after the engine is started, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

*2: The light turns on when the system is operating. *3: The light flashes to indicate a malfunction. *4: Depending on the operating condition, the color and illuminating/flashing

state of the light change.

Indicators and symbols displayed on the multi-information dis- play

Indicators Pages

*1, 2, 3 Brake hold operated indicator P. 201, 436

*1 Brake hold standby indicator P. 201

*4 LTA indicator P. 246, 436

Cruise control indicator P. 266

Cruise control SET indicator P. 266

Radar cruise control indicator P. 266

SPORT indicator P. 281

ECO MODE indicator P. 281

Eco Driving Indicator Light P. 95

Low outside temperature indicator P. 96

94 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Symbols on multi-information display Pages

Charging system warning light P. 434

Low engine oil pressure warning light P. 434

High engine coolant temperature warning light P. 437

Smart key system (if equipped) P. 183

Brake Override System/Drive-Start Control P. 438

952. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Eco Driving Indicator Light

Eco Driving Indicator Light will not operate in the following conditions: The shift lever is in anything other than D. The vehicle is being driven in SPORT mode (P. 281) The vehicle speed is approximately 80 mph (130 km/h) or higher.

During Eco-Friendly acceleration (Eco driving), Eco Driving Indicator Light will turn on. When the acceleration exceeds Zone of Eco driving, and when the vehicle is stopped, the light turns off. Eco Driving Indicator Light availability can be customized. The default setting is on. (P. 502)

WARNING

If a safety system warning light does not come on Should a safety system light such as ABS and SRS airbag warning light not come on when you start the engine, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

96 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Gauges and meters

The units used on the speedometer may differ depending on the tar- get region.

Tachometer Displays the engine speed in revolutions per minute. Multi-information display Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data. (P. 99) Displays warning messages in case of a malfunction. (P. 444) Speedometer Displays the vehicle speed. Fuel gauge Displays the quantity of fuel remaining in the tank. Outside temperature display Displays the outside temperature within the range of -40F (-40C) to 122F (50C). Low outside temperature indicator comes on when the ambient temperature is 37F (3C) or lower.

972. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Odometer and trip meter display Displays the following items. Odometer: Displays the total distance the vehicle has been driven. Trip meter: Displays the distance the vehicle has been driven since the meter was last reset. Trip meters A and B can be used to record and display different dis- tances independently. Maintenance required information: Displays the remaining distance until the engine oil should be changed. If - is displayed before distance, it means oil maintenance is overdue. Have the engine oil changed by your Toyota dealer. Displays the maintenance required information when the engine switch

is turned to the ON position (vehicles without smart key system) or in IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system).

Maintenance required information reset method (P. 348) Shift position and shift range display Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (P. 190) Engine coolant temperature gauge Displays the engine coolant temperature.

Switches the items of the odome- ter and trip meter display by pressing the TRIP switch.

When the trip meter is displayed, pressing and holding the TRIP switch will reset the trip meter.

Changing the display

98 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted. Brighter Darker

The meters and display illuminate when Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

Outside temperature display In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be dis-

played, or the display may take longer than normal to change. When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 16 mph [25 km/h]) When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/

exit of a garage, tunnel, etc.) If is displayed continuously, the system may be malfunctioning. Take

your vehicle to your Toyota dealer. Adjusting the clock

The clocks can be adjusted on the audio system screen. Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

Instrument panel light control

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the engine and its components Do not let the indicator needle of the tachometer enter the red zone, which

indicates the maximum engine speed. The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge

enters the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (P. 470)

992. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Multi-information display

The multi-information display presents the driver with a variety of vehi- cle data. Menu icons

Displays the following informa- tion when an icon is selected. (P. 100) Some of the information may be displayed automatically depending on the situation.

Drive information

Select to display various drive data. (P. 100)

Audio system-linked display

Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter using the meter control switches.

Driving assist system information

Select to display the operational status of the following systems: LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (P. 246) Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range (P. 266) RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped) (P. 261)

Warning message display

Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a malfunction is detected. (P. 444)

Settings display

Select to change the meter display settings and the operation set- tings of some vehicle functions. (P. 102)

Display contents

100 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The multi-information display is operated using the meter control switches.

Return to the previous screen Enter/set Select an item/change pages

Current fuel consumption (bar type/numerical value)*1

Displays the current rate of fuel consumption. Average fuel consumption (after reset*2/after start/after refuel)*1

Displays the average fuel consumption since the function was reset, the engine was started, and the vehicle was refueled, respectively Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.

Average vehicle speed (after reset*2/after start)*1

Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset and the engine was started, respectively

Elapsed time (after reset*2/after start)*1

Displays the elapsed time since the function was reset and the engine was started, respectively

Distance (range/after start)*1

Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the engine was started, respectively This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As

a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis- played.

When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may not be updated. When refueling, turn the engine switch off. If the vehicle is refueled with- out turning the engine switch off, the display may not be updated.

Operating the meter control switches

Drive information

1012. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display P. 104

Speedometer Displays the vehicle speed.

G Monitor P. 105

Display off A blank screen is displayed.

*1: Can be registered to Drive information 1 and 2. (P. 102) *2: Resetting procedures:

Select a function to be reset using the meter control switches and then press and hold to reset.

If there is more than one function that can be reset, check boxes will be displayed next to those functions.

102 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The settings of the following items can be changed, refer to P. 500. For functions that can be enabled or disabled, the function switches between on and off each time is pressed.

LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (P. 246)

Select to set up the following items. Lane centering function on/off Alert sensitivity Sway Alert on/off Sway sensitivity

PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 231)

Select to set up the following items. PCS on/off PCS sensitivity

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) (P. 283, 292)* Select to set up the following items. BSM function on/off BSM Sensitivity BSM Brightness RCTA function on/off

RSA (Road Sign Assist) (P. 261)* Select to enable/disable the RSA (Road Sign Assist).

Driving mode select (P. 281)

Settings display

1032. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle Settings Select the menu to set up the following items.

RCTA setup (P. 509)* Select to change the RCTA buzzer volume.

(Tire pressure warning system) setup (P. 378)

Select to initialize the tire pressure warning system.

RSA (Road Sign Assist) setup (P. 508)* Select to set up RSA (Road Sign Assist).

Meter settings Select the menu to set up the following items. Language

Select to change the language on the display. Units

Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.

(Eco Driving Indicator Light) setup

Select to activate/deactivate the Eco Driving Indicator Light Drive information 1 and 2

Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive informa- tion screen, up to 2 Drive information screens can be set.

Pop-up display Select to enable/disable pop-up displays for incoming call display of the hands-free phone system.

Initialisation Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned to their default setting.

*: if equipped

104 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Setting items Meter Settings and Vehicle Settings setting items are not selectable

during driving and cannot be operated. Also, the settings screen is temporarily canceled in the following situations. A warning message is displayed. The vehicle starts off.

Settings for functions not equipped to the vehicle are not displayed. When a function is turned off, the related settings for that function are not

selectable. Pop-up display

In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up display will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display.

Liquid crystal display Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to use the display.

When disconnecting and reconnecting battery terminals The drive information will be reset.

Eco Driving Indicator Zone Display Suggests Zone of Eco driving and Eco driving ratio based on acceleration.

Zone of Eco driving Eco driving ratio based on accelera- tion If the vehicle exceeds Zone of Eco driving, the green area disappears and Eco Driving Indicator Light will turn off. (P. 95)

1052. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

G Monitor

Ending display When the engine switch is turned off, each of the following will be displayed on the multi-information display, and will extinguish after approximately 30 seconds. Elapsed time Distance Average fuel consumption

The following item is displayed. G-force display Displays the current G-force state.

106 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Caution for use while driving When operating the multi-information display while driving, pay extra

attention to the safety of the area around the vehicle. Do not look continuously at the multi-information display while driving as

you may fail to see pedestrians, objects on the road, etc. ahead of the vehicle.

The information display at low temperatures Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal information display. At extremely low temperatures, the information display monitor may respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed. For example, there is a lag between the drivers shifting and the new gear number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to down- shift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an accident resulting in death or injury.

Cautions during setting up the display As the engine needs to be running during setting up the display, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.

NOTICE

While setting up the display To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while setting up the display features.

1072. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Fuel consumption information

Fuel consumption information can be displayed on the audio system screen.

108 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press the MENU button. Select Info on the Menu screen. If the History screen is displayed, select Trip Information.

Resetting the consumption data Average vehicle speed since the engine was started Elapsed time since the engine was started Fuel consumption in the past 15 minutes Cruising range (P. 109) Current fuel consumption

Average fuel consumption for the past 15 minutes is divided by color into past averages and averages attained since the engine switch was last turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.

The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual condi- tions.

Trip information

1

2

1092. Instrument cluster

2

Instrum ent cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press the MENU button. Select Info on the Menu screen. If the Trip Information screen is displayed, select History. Resetting the history data Best recorded fuel consumption Latest fuel consumption Previous fuel consumption record Displays the daily average fuel consumption. (Instead of the date, Trip 1 through Trip 5 will be dis- played.) Updating the latest fuel consumption data

The average fuel consumption history is divided by color into past averages and the average fuel consumption since the last time updated. Use the displayed average fuel consumption as a reference.

The image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual condi- tions.

Updating the history data Update the average fuel consumption by selecting Clip to measure the cur- rent fuel consumption again.

Resetting the data The fuel consumption data can be deleted by selecting Clear.

Cruising range Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with the quan- tity of fuel remaining. This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that dis- played.

History

1

2

110 2. Instrument cluster

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

111

3Operation of each component

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

3-1. Key information Keys .................................. 112

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Side doors......................... 120 Back door.......................... 127 Smart key system ............. 133

3-3. Adjusting the seats Front seats ........................ 143 Rear seats......................... 145 Head restraints.................. 147

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

Steering wheel .................. 151 Inside rear view mirror ...... 153 Outside rear view

mirrors............................. 154 3-5. Opening and closing the

windows Power windows ................. 157

112 3-1. Key information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Keys

The following keys are provided with the vehicle. Vehicles without a smart key system

Key (with a wireless remote control function) Operating the wireless remote con- trol function Key number plate

Vehicles with a smart key system

Electronic keys Operating the smart key system

(P. 133) Operating the wireless remote

control function Mechanical keys Key number plate

The keys

1133-1. Key information

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles without a smart key system

Locks all the doors (P. 120)

Sounds the alarm (P. 114)

Unlocks the door (P. 120) Pressing the button unlocks the drivers door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Opens the windows* (P. 120)

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Vehicles with a smart key system

Locks all the doors (P. 120)

Sounds the alarm (P. 114)

Unlocks the door (P. 120) Pressing the button unlocks the drivers door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Opens the windows* (P. 120)

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Press the button to open the key. To stow, press the button then fold the key.

Wireless remote control

Using the key (vehicles without a smart key system)

114 3-1. Key information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

To take out the mechanical key, slide the release lever and take the key out.

The mechanical key can only be inserted in one direction, as the key only has grooves on one side. If the key cannot be inserted in a lock cylinder, turn it over and re- attempt to insert it. After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key bat- tery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will need the mechanical key. (P. 462)

Panic mode

If you lose your keys New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using the other key (vehicles without a smart key system) or mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system) and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep the plate in a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.

Using the mechanical key (vehicles with a smart key system)

When is pressed for longer than about one second, an alarm will sound intermittently and the vehicle lights will flash to deter any person from trying to break into or damage your vehicle. To stop the alarm, press any button on the key (with a wireless remote control func- tion) or electronic key.

1153-1. Key information

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When riding in an aircraft When bringing a key with wireless remote control function onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press any buttons on the key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying the key in your bag, etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the key to emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.

Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless remote control Vehicles without a smart key system The wireless remote control function may not operate normally in the follow- ing situations: When the wireless key battery is depleted Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-

play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise

When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone or other wireless communi- cation devices

When multiple wireless keys are in the vicinity When the wireless key is in contact with, or is covered by a metallic object When a wireless key (that emits radio waves) is being used nearby When the wireless key has been left near an electrical appliance such as a

personal computer If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the

rear window Vehicles with a smart key system P. 136

116 3-1. Key information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Key battery depletion Vehicles without a smart key system If the wireless remote control function does not operate, the battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P. 397) Vehicles with a smart key system The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years. If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the engine

stops. (P. 397) As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become

depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indi- cate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery when necessary. (P. 397) The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate. The detection area becomes smaller. The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on. The battery can be exchanged by the users. (P. 397) However, as there may be damage to the key when exchanging, it is recommended to have the battery exchanged at your Toyota Dealer.

To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1 m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field: TVs Personal computers Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones Table lamps Induction cookers

When the key battery is fully depleted P. 397

Confirmation of the registered key number (vehicles with a smart key system) The number of keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask your Toyota dealer for details.

Customization Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 504)

1173-1. Key information

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Certification for the wireless remote control For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.

118 3-1. Key information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For vehicles sold in Canada

1193-1. Key information

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

To prevent key damage Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks, or bend them. Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time. Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer, etc. Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys

close to such materials. Do not disassemble the keys. Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key

and key (with a wireless remote control function). Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not place the keys near objects that

produce magnetic fields, such as TVs, audio systems and induction cook- ers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equip- ment.

Carrying the electronic key on your person (vehicles with a smart key system) Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appli- ances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, caus- ing the key to not function properly.

In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related prob- lems (vehicles with a smart key system) Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

When an electronic key is lost (vehicles with a smart key system) If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases signifi- cantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic keys that were provided with your vehicle.

120 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Side doors

Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)

Carry the electronic key to enable this function. Grip the drivers door handle to unlock the door. Grip the passengers door handle to unlock all the doors.* Make sure to touch the sensor on the back of the handle. The doors cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the doors are locked. Touch the lock sensor (the indentation on the side of the front door handle) to lock all the doors. Check that the door is securely locked.

*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (P. 125, 505)

Wireless remote control

Vehicles without a smart key system

Locks all the doors Check that the door is securely locked. Unlocks the door Pressing the button unlocks the drivers door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Press and hold to open the windows*

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside

1213-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles with a smart key system

Locks all the doors Check that the door is securely locked. Unlocks the door Pressing the button unlocks the drivers door. Pressing the button again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Press and hold to open the windows*

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Key

Turning the key operates the doors as follows: Vehicles without a smart key system

Locks all the doors Turn and hold to close the win- dows* Unlocks the door Turning the key unlocks the drivers door. Turning the key again unlocks the other doors. Turn and hold to open the win- dows*

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Vehicles with a smart key system The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key. (P. 462)

122 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Operation signals Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked using the wireless remote control. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice) Windows: A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows are operating.

Security feature Vehicles without a smart key system If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked using the wireless remote control, the security feature automatically locks the vehicle again. Vehicles with a smart key system If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the vehicle is unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote control, the security fea- ture automatically locks the vehicle again.

When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the surface of the front door handle (vehicles with a smart key system)

Door lock buzzer Vehicles without a smart key system If an attempt to lock the doors using the wireless remote control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continuously for 5 sec- onds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the doors again. Vehicles with a smart key system If an attempt to lock the doors using the entry function or wireless remote control is made when a door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound continu- ously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the buzzer, and lock the doors again.

If the smart key system or wireless remote control does not operate properly Vehicles with a smart key system: Use the mechanical key to lock and

unlock the doors. (P. 462) Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted. (P. 397)

Use your palm to touch the lock sensor.

1233-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Door lock switches

Locks all the doors Unlocks all the doors

Inside lock buttons

Locks the door Unlocks the door The front doors can be opened by pulling the inside handle even if the lock buttons are in the lock position.

Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside

124 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Move the inside lock button to the lock position. Close the door.

Vehicles without a smart key system The door cannot be locked if the key is in the engine switch. Vehicles with a smart key system The door cannot be locked if the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.

The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.

The door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is set.

Unlock Lock These locks can be set to prevent children from opening the rear doors. Push down on each rear door switch to lock both rear doors.

Locking the doors from the outside without a key

Rear door child-protector lock

1

2

1253-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Switching the door unlock function (vehicles with a smart key system) It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless remote control.

Turn the engine switch off.

When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding .

The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below. (When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least 5 seconds, and repeat step .)

Open door warning buzzer If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h). The open door(s) or back door is indicated on the multi-information display.

Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless remote control Vehicles without a smart key system P. 115 Vehicles with a smart key system P. 136

Customization Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 500)

1

2 2

2

Multi-information display Unlocking function Beep

Holding the drivers door handle unlocks only the drivers door. Exterior: Beeps 3 times

Interior: Pings onceHolding the front passen- gers door handle unlocks all the doors.

Holding a door handle unlocks all the doors.

Exterior: Beeps twice Interior: Pings once

126 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

To prevent an accident Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out, resulting in death or serious injury. Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked. Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.

Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.

Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear seats.

When opening or closing a door Check the surroundings of the vehicle such as whether the vehicle is on an incline, whether there is enough space for a door to open and whether a strong wind is blowing. When opening or closing the door, hold the door handle tightly to prepare for any unpredictable movement.

When using the wireless remote control or key and operating the power windows Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos- sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the side window. Also, do not allow children to operate the wireless remote control or key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.

When closing the rear door Take extra care to prevent your fingers, etc., from being caught. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.

1273-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Back door

Entry function (vehicles with a smart key system)

Carry the electronic key to enable this function. Press the button to unlock the back door. The door cannot be unlocked for 3 seconds after the door is locked. Press the button to lock the back door. Check that the door is securely locked.

Wireless remote control

P. 120

Key

P. 121

Door lock switches

P. 123

The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened by the fol- lowing procedures.

Unlocking and locking the back door

128 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Raise the back door while pushing up the back door opener switch.

The back door cannot be closed immediately after the back door opener switch is pushed.

Lower the back door using the back door handle, and make sure to push the back door down from the outside to close it.

Be careful not to pull the back door sideways when closing the back door with the handle.

Operation signals A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that the doors have been locked/unlocked using the entry function or wireless remote con- trol. (Locked: Once; Unlocked: Twice)

Open door warning buzzer If a door or the back door is not fully closed, a buzzer will sound when the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/h). The open door(s) or back door is indicated on the multi-information display.

Luggage compartment light The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door is opened.

Opening the back door

When closing the back door

1293-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the back door opener is inoperative The back door can be operated from the inside.

Using a screwdriver, remove the cover. To protect the cover, place a rag between the flathead screwdriver and the cover as shown in the illustration.

Loosen the screw.

Turn the cover.

Move the lever.

1

2

3

4

130 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Caution while driving Keep the back door closed while driving.

If the back door is left open, it may hit near-by objects while driving or lug- gage may be unexpectedly thrown out, causing an accident. In addition, exhaust gases may enter the vehicle, causing death or a seri- ous health hazard. Make sure to close the back door before driving.

Before driving the vehicle, make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving, causing an accident.

Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden braking or a collision, they are susceptible to death or serious injury.

When children are in the vehicle Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.

If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could have heat exhaustion or other injuries.

Do not allow a child to open or close the back door. Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the childs hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.

1313-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Operating the back door Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door

before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly shut again after it is opened.

When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure the surrounding area is safe.

If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that the back door is about to open or close.

Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it may move abruptly in strong wind.

The back door may suddenly shut if it is not opened fully. It is more difficult to open or close the back door on an incline than on a level surface, so beware of the back door unexpectedly opening or closing by itself. Make sure that the back door is fully open and secure before using the luggage com- partment.

When closing the back door, take extra care to prevent your fingers, etc., from being caught.

When closing the back door, make sure to press it lightly on its outer surface. If the back door handle is used to fully close the back door, it may result in hands or arms being caught.

132 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Operating the back door Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death or serious injury. Do not pull on the back door damper stay to close the back door, and do

not hang on the back door damper stay. Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay to break, causing an accident.

If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy object is attached to the back door, it may suddenly shut again after being opened, causing someones hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recommended.

NOTICE

Back door damper stays The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in place. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting in malfunction.

Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.

Do not attach any foreign objects, such as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives to the damper stay rod.

Do not touch the damper stay rod with gloves or other fabric items.

Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the back door.

1333-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Smart key system

Unlocks and locks the doors (P. 120) Unlocks and locks the back door (P. 127) Starts the engine (P. 183)

Antenna location

: If equipped

The following operations can be performed simply by carrying the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket. The driver should always carry the electronic key.

Antenna outside the cabin Antennas inside the cabin Antenna outside the luggage compart- ment

134 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)

When starting the engine or changing engine switch modes The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the vehi- cle.

Alarms and warning messages A combination of exterior and interior buzzers as well as warning messages shown on the multi-information display are used to prevent theft of the vehicle and accidents resulting from erroneous operation. Take appropriate mea- sures based on the displayed message. When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as follows.

When locking or unlocking the doors The system can be operated when the electronic key is within about 2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front door handle and the back door. (Only the doors detecting the key can be operated.)

Alarm Situation Correction procedure

Exterior buzzer sounds once for 5 seconds

An attempt was made to lock the vehicle while a door was open.

Close all of the doors and lock the doors again.

Interior buzzer sounds continuously

The engine switch was turned to ACCESSORY mode while the drivers door was open (or the drivers door was opened while the engine switch was in ACCESSORY mode).

Turn the engine switch off and close the drivers door.

1353-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When Smart Key System Malfunction. See Owners Manual. is dis- played on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

Battery-saving function The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic key battery and the vehicle battery from being discharged while the vehicle is not in operation for a long time. In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to

unlock the doors. The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of

the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer. The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.

If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors cannot be unlocked at any doors except the drivers door. In this case, take hold of the drivers door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key, to unlock the doors.

Electronic key battery-saving function When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping the electronic key from receiving radio waves.

Press twice while pressing and holding . Confirm that the electronic key indicator flashes 4 times. While the battery-saving mode is set, the smart key system cannot be used. To cancel the function, press any of the elec- tronic key buttons.

136 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Conditions affecting operation The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected, preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and engine immobi- lizer system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: P. 462) When the electronic key battery is depleted Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large dis-

play, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise

When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device

When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following metallic objects Cards to which aluminum foil is attached Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside Metallic wallets or bags Coins Hand warmers made of metal Media such as CDs and DVDs

When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that

emit radio waves Portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless commu-

nication devices Another electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs) Digital audio players Portable game systems

If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the rear window

When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic devices

When parking at a meter

1373-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Note for the entry function Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),

the system may not operate properly in the following cases: The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near

the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked. The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to

the rear bumper center when the back door is opened. The electronic key is on the instrument panel, luggage cover or floor, or in

the door pockets or glove box when the engine is started or engine switch modes are changed.

Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave recep- tion conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic key inside the vehicle.

As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be unlocked or locked by anyone.

Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start the engine if the electronic key is near the window.

The doors may unlock if a large amount of water splashes on the door han- dle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is within the effective range. (The door will automatically be locked after approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)

If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock the doors.)

138 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Touching the door lock sensor while wearing gloves may delay or prevent lock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock sensor again.

If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effec- tive range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In this case, follow the following correction procedures to wash the vehicle. Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the

vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.) Set electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys-

tem. (P. 135) If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet

during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information dis- play and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock all the doors.

The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice, snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again.

A sudden approach to the effective range or door handle may prevent the doors from being unlocked. In this case, return the door handle to the origi- nal position and check that the doors unlock before pulling the door handle again.

If there is another electronic key in the detection area, it may take slightly longer to unlock the doors after the door handle is gripped.

Fingernails may scrape against the door during operation of the door han- dle. Be careful not to injure fingernails or damage the surface of the door.

1393-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft.

(2 m) of the vehicle. The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (P. 500)

To operate the system properly Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the outside of the vehicle. Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention may not operate.)

If the smart key system does not operate properly Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (P. 462) Starting the engine system: P. 463

Customization Settings (e.g. smart key system) can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 500

If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting Unlocking and locking the doors:

Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (P. 120, 462) Starting the engine and changing engine switch modes: P. 463 Stopping the engine: P. 184

140 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Certification for the smart key system For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.

1413-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For vehicles sold in Canada

142 3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Caution regarding interference with electronic devices People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization

therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep away from the smart key system antennas. (P. 133) The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary, the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves. Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.

Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implant- able cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such medical devices.

Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.

1433-3. Adjusting the seats

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Front seats

Manual seat

Seat position adjustment lever Seatback angle adjustment lever Vertical height adjustment lever Lumbar support adjustment switch (if equipped)

Power seat (drivers side only)

Seat position adjustment switch Seatback angle adjustment switch Seat cushion (front) angle adjustment switch Vertical height adjustment switch Lumbar support adjustment switch

Adjustment procedure

144 3-3. Adjusting the seats

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When adjusting the seat position Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passen-

gers are not injured by the moving seat. Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid

injury. Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.

Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck. Seat adjustment

Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage. To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not

recline the seat more than necessary. If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident. Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpect- edly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is locked in position.

1453-3. Adjusting the seats

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Rear seats

Park the vehicle in a safe place. Apply the parking brake firmly and shift the shift lever to P. (P. 190) Adjust the position of the front seat and the angle of the seatback. (P. 143) Depending on the position of the front seat, if the seatback is folded backward, it may interfere with the operation of the rear seat. Lift up and push down the head restraints of the rear outboard seats, and lower the head restraint of the rear center seat. (P. 147)

Pull the seatback lock release lever and fold the seatback down.

To avoid trapping the seat belt between the seat and the inside of the vehicle, pass the seat belt inside the seat belt guide and then return the seatback securely to the locked position.

The seatbacks of the rear seats can be folded down.

Before folding down the seatbacks

Folding down the seatbacks

1

2

3

Returning the rear seatbacks

Seat belt guide

146 3-3. Adjusting the seats

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When folding the rear seatbacks down

Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving. Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift

lever to P. Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compart-

ment while driving. Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment. Do not allow anyone to sit on the rear center seat if the rear right seat is

folded down, as the seat belt buckle for the rear center seat belt is then concealed under the folded seat and cannot be used.

Be careful not to get your hand caught when folding the rear seatbacks. Adjust the position of the front seats before folding down the rear seat-

backs so that the front seats do not interfere with the rear seatbacks when folding down the rear seatbacks.

After returning the rear seatback to the upright position Make sure that the seatback is securely

locked in position by lightly rocking it back and forth. If the seatback is not securely locked, the red marking will be visible on the seatback lock release knob. Make sure that the red marking is not visible.

Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback. If the seat belt gets caught between the seatbacks securing hook and latch, it may damage the seat belt.

1473-3. Adjusting the seats

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Head restraints

Up Pull the head restraints up. Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button.

Rear outboard seats To fold Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button. To use Lift up and push down the head restraint to the lowest lock posi- tion.

Rear center seat Up Pull the head restraints up. Down Push the head restraint down while pressing the lock release button.

Head restraints are provided for all seats.

Front seats

Lock release button

Rear seats

Lock release button

Lock release button

148 3-3. Adjusting the seats

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Removing the head restraints Front seats

Rear outside seats

Rear center seat

Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button.

Pull the head restraint up while pressing the both lock release buttons.

Pull the head restraint up while pressing the lock release button.

Lock release button

Lock release button

Lock release button

1493-3. Adjusting the seats

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Installing the head restraints Front seats

Rear outside seats

Rear center seat

Align the head restraint with the installa- tion holes and push it down to the lock position. Press and hold the lock release button when lowering the head restraint.

Align the head restraint with the installa- tion holes and push it down to the lock position.

Align the head restraint with the installa- tion holes and push it down to the lock position. Press and hold the lock release button when lowering the head restraint.

Lock release button

Lock release button

150 3-3. Adjusting the seats

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Adjusting the height of the front seat head restraints

Adjusting the rear center seat head restraint Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when using.

Make sure that the head restraints are adjusted so that the center of the head restraint is closest to the top of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraint precautions Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat. Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times. After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure

they are locked in position. Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

1513-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Steering wheel

Hold the steering wheel and push the lever down.

Adjust to the ideal position by moving the steering wheel hori- zontally and vertically. After adjustment, pull the lever up to secure the steering wheel.

To sound the horn, press on or close to the mark.

Adjustment procedure 1

2

Horn

152 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

After adjusting the steering wheel Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. The horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.

WARNING

Caution while driving Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an acci- dent, resulting in death or serious injury.

After adjusting the steering wheel Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked. Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.

1533-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Inside rear view mirror

The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving posture. Adjust the height of the rear view mirror by moving it up and down.

Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced by operating the lever.

Normal position Anti-glare position

The rear view mirrors position can be adjusted to enable suffi- cient confirmation of the rear view.

Adjusting the height of rear view mirror

Anti-glare function

WARNING

Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving. Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

154 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Outside rear view mirrors

To select a mirror to adjust, turn the switch.

Left Right

To adjust the mirror, operate the switch.

Up Right Down Left

Adjustment procedure 1

2

1553-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Manual type

Push the mirror back in the direc- tion of the rear of the vehicle.

Power type

Folds the mirrors Extends the mirrors Putting the outside rear view mirror folding switch in the neutral posi- tion sets the mirrors to automatic mode. Automatic mode allows the folding or extending of the mirrors to be linked to locking/unlocking of the doors.

Folding and extending the mirrors

156 3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Mirror angle can be adjusted when Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is in the ACC or ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.

When the mirrors are fogged up The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defog- gers. (P. 315)

Using the automatic folding/extending mirror function in cold weather (if equipped) When the automatic folding/extending mirror function is used in cold weather, the outside rear view mirrors could freeze up and automatic folding and extension may not be possible. In this event, remove any ice and snow from the outside rear view mirror, then operate the mirror manually by using the mirror fold switch or moving the mirror by hand.

Customization The automatic mirror folding and extending operation can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 505)

WARNING

Important points while driving Observe the following precautions while driving. Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. Do not adjust the mirrors while driving. Do not drive with the mirrors folded. Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly

adjusted before driving. When a mirror is moving

To avoid personal injury and mirror malfunction, be careful not to get your hand caught by the moving mirror.

When the mirror defoggers are operating Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot and burn you.

1573-5. Opening and closing the windows

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Power windows

The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches. Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:

Closing One-touch closing* Opening One-touch opening*

*: To stop the window partway, oper- ate the switch in the opposite direc- tion.

Press the switch down to lock the passenger windows.

The indicator will come on. Use this switch to prevent children from accidentally opening or clos- ing a passenger window. Press the switch again to unlock the passenger windows.

Opening and closing procedures

Window lock switch

Indicator

158 3-5. Opening and closing the windows

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The power windows can be operated when Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

Operating the power windows after turning the engine off Vehicles without a smart key system: The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position. They cannot, how- ever, be operated once either front door is opened. Vehicles with a smart key system: The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.

Jam protection function If an object becomes jammed between the side window and the window frame while the side window is closing, side window movement is stopped and the side window is opened slightly.

Catch protection function If an object becomes caught between the door and side window while the side window is opening, side window movement is stopped.

1593-5. Opening and closing the windows

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the side window cannot be opened or closed When the jam protection function or catch protection function operates unusually and the side window cannot be opened or closed, perform the fol- lowing operations with the power window switch of that door. Stop the vehicle. With the engine switch is in the ON position (vehicles

without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), within 4 seconds of the jam protection function or catch protec- tion function activating, continuously operate the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction or one-touch opening direction so that the side window can be opened and closed.

If the side window cannot be opened and closed even when performing the above operations, perform the following procedure for function initialization.

Turn the engine switch to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction and completely close the side window. Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pulling the switch in the one-touch closing direction, and hold it there for approxi- mately 6 seconds or more. Press and hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening direc- tion. After the side window is completely opened, continue holding the switch for an additional 1 second or more. Release the power window switch for a moment, resume pushing the switch in the one-touch opening direction, and hold it there for approxi- mately 4 seconds or more. Pull and hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing direction again. After the side window is completely closed, continue holding the switch for a further 1 second or more.

If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the beginning. If the window reverses and cannot be fully closed or opened, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

1

2

3

4

5

6

160 3-5. Opening and closing the windows

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Door lock linked window operation The power windows can be opened and closed using the key or mechanical

key.* (P. 121, 462) The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.*

(P. 120) *: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

Power window open reminder function The buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in the instrument cluster when the engine switch is turned off and the drivers door is opened with the power windows open.

Customization Some functions can be changed. (P. 506)

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Closing the windows

The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use the window lock switch. (P. 157)

Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.

1613-5. Opening and closing the windows

3

O peration of each com

ponent

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Closing the windows

When using the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key (P. 112) and operating the power windows, operate the power window after check- ing to make sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the side window. Also do not let a child operate side window by the wireless remote control, key or mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power win- dow.

When exiting the vehicle, turn the engine switch off, carry the key and exit the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.

Jam protection function Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection

function. The jam protection function may not work if something gets jammed just

before the side window is fully closed. Be careful not to get any part of your body jammed in the side window.

Catch protection function Never use any part of your body or clothing to intentionally activate the

catch protection function. The catch protection function may not work if something gets caught just

before the side window is fully opened. Be careful not to get any part of your body or clothing caught in the side window.

162 3-5. Opening and closing the windows

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

163

4Driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

4-1. Before driving Driving the vehicle............. 164 Cargo and luggage ........... 174 Vehicle load limits ............. 177 Trailer towing..................... 178 Dinghy towing ................... 179

4-2. Driving procedures Engine (ignition) switch

(vehicles without a smart key system)........... 180

Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system)........... 183

Continuously variable transmission.................... 190

Turn signal lever................ 195 Parking brake.................... 196 Brake Hold ........................ 201

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Headlight switch................ 204 Automatic High Beam ....... 209 Fog light switch ................. 214 Windshield wipers and

washer ............................ 215 Rear window wiper and

washer ............................ 218

4-4. Refueling Opening the

fuel tank cap ................... 220 4-5. Using the driving support

systems Toyota Safety Sense 2.5... 224 PCS

(Pre-Collision System) .... 231 LTA

(Lane Tracing Assist) ...... 246 RSA (Road Sign Assist) .... 261 Dynamic radar cruise

control with full-speed range .............. 266

Driving mode select .......... 281 BSM

(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 283 RCTA (Rear Cross

Traffic Alert) .................... 292 Driving assist systems ...... 301

4-6. Driving tips Winter driving tips ............. 307

164 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Driving the vehicle

P. 180, 183

With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. (P. 190) Release the parking brake. (P. 197) If the parking brake is in automatic mode, the parking brake is released automatically when shifting the shift lever to any position other than P. (P. 196) Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera- tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.

With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. If necessary, set the parking brake. If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift lever to P or N. (P. 190)

The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe driving:

Starting the engine

Driving

Stopping

1

2

3

1

2

1654-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal. Set the parking brake (P. 197), and shift the shift lever to P. (P. 190) If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed. Vehicles without a smart key system: Turn the engine switch to the LOCK position to stop the engine. Vehicles with a smart key system: Press the engine switch to stop the engine. Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.

With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D. Pull the parking brake switch and parking brake is set manually. (P. 197) Release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate the vehicle. Press the parking brake switch and parking brake is released man- ually. (P. 197)

Parking the vehicle

Starting off on a steep uphill

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

166 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When starting off on an uphill The hill-start assist control will activate. (P. 302)

Driving in the rain Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the win-

dows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery. Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be espe-

cially slippery. Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,

because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road sur- face, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.

Engine speed while driving In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving. This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration. The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill When the accelerator pedal is released When the brake pedal is depressed while sport mode is selected When the brake pedal is depressed suddenly and vehicle speed is reduced

sharply Restraining the engine output (Brake Override System)

When the accelerator and brake pedals are depressed at the same time, the engine output may be restrained.

A warning message is displayed on the multi-information display while the system is operating.

Restraining sudden start (Drive-Start Control) When the following unusual operation is performed, the engine output may

be restrained. When the shift lever is shifted from R to D, D to R, N to R, P to D, or P to

R (D includes M) with the accelerator pedal depressed, a warning mes- sage appears on the multi-information display. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instruction.

When the accelerator pedal is depressed too much while the vehicle is in reverse.

While Drive-Start Control is being activated, your vehicle may have trouble escaping from the mud or fresh snow. In such case, deactivate TRAC (P. 302) to cancel Drive-Start Control so that the vehicle may become able to escape from the mud or fresh snow.

1674-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Breaking in your new Toyota To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recom- mended: For the first 186 miles (300 km):

Avoid sudden stops. For the first 621 miles (1000 km):

Do not drive at extremely high speeds. Avoid sudden acceleration. Do not drive continuously in low gears. Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.

Operating your vehicle in a foreign country Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability of the correct fuel. (P. 478)

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When starting the vehicle

Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the engine running. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.

168 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When driving the vehicle

Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accel- erator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal. Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake

pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident. When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a diffi-

culty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly. Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the

vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelera- tor pedals properly.

Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, result- ing in an accident.

Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials. The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.

During normal driving, do not turn off the engine. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. However, in the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way: P. 423

Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving down a steep hill. Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose effectiveness. (P. 190)

Do not adjust the display, the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or outside rear view mirrors while driving. Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.

Always check that all passengers arms, heads or other parts of their body are not outside the vehicle.

Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit per- mits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has high- speed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability tires or not before driving at such speeds.

1694-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When driving on slippery road surfaces

Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and reduce your ability to control the vehicle.

Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine speed could cause the vehicle to skid.

After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.

When shifting the shift lever Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving posi-

tion, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R. Doing so may cause the engine to stall or lead to poor brake and steering performance, resulting in an accident or damage to the vehicle.

Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.

Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.

Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving backward. Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle control.

Moving the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the engine from the transmission. Engine braking is not available when N is selected.

Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. Shifting the shift lever to a gear other than P or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and result in death or serious injury.

170 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indica-

tors) Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible. Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed. It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.

When the vehicle is stopped Do not race the engine.

If the vehicle is in any gear other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.

In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep depressing the brake pedal while the engine is running, and apply the parking brake as necessary.

If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal and securely apply the parking brake as needed.

Avoid revving or racing the engine. Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible material is nearby.

When the vehicle is parked Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in

the vehicle when it is in the sun. Doing so may result in the following: Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a

fire. The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and

plastic material of glasses to deform or crack. Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the

interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicles electrical components.

1714-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When the vehicle is parked

Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.

Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard. Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehi- cle.

Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.

Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the engine and lock the vehicle. Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running. If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.

Do not touch the exhaust pipes while the engine is running or immediately after turning the engine off. Doing so may cause burns.

When taking a nap in the vehicle Always turn the engine off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the shift lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or fire due to engine overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in a poorly ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle, leading to death or a serious health hazard.

172 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When braking

When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously. Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.

If the brake booster device does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking. In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.

Do not pump the brake pedal if the engine stalls. Each push on the brake pedal uses up the reserve for the power-assisted brakes.

The brake system consists of 2 individual hydraulic systems; if one of the systems fails, the other will still operate. In this case, the brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.

NOTICE

When driving the vehicle Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during

driving, as this may restrain engine output. Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake

pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill. When parking the vehicle

Always set the parking brake, and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.

1734-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Avoiding damage to vehicle parts Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for

an extended period of time. Doing so may damage the power steering motor.

When driving over bumps in the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.

If you get a flat tire while driving A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehi- cle. It may be difficult to control your vehicle. The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations. The vehicle will lean abnormally. Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (P. 449)

When encountering flooded roads Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain, etc. Doing so may cause the following serious damage to the vehicle: Engine stalling Short in electrical components Engine damage caused by water immersion In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following: Brake function Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, trans-

mission, etc. Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possi-

ble), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.

174 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cargo and luggage

Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants. (Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) (Total weight of occupants)

Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing.

Take notice of the following information about storage precau- tions, cargo capacity and load:

Capacity and distribution

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit (1) Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and

cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs. on your vehicles placard.

(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and lug- gage load capacity. For example, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5150) = 650 lbs.)

(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. (P. 177)

1754-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cargo capacity Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) (P. 476)

When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight) of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity will be C lb. (kg) as follows: B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg) *1: A =Weight of people *2: B =Total load capacity *3: C =Available cargo and luggage load

In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E lb. (kg) as follows:

C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg) *4: D =Additional weight of people *5: E =Available cargo and luggage load As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on your vehicle.

Calculation formula for your vehicle

176 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compart- ment: Receptacles containing gasoline Aerosol cans

Storage precautions Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly, may block the drivers vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or passengers, possibly causing an accident. Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possi-

ble. Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher

than the seatbacks. When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed

directly behind the front seats. Never allow anyone to ride in the enlarged luggage compartment. It is

not designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat belts properly fastened.

Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations. At the feet of the driver On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items) On the luggage cover On the instrument panel On the dashboard

Secure all items in the occupant compartment. Capacity and distribution

Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle weight rating.

Even if the total load of occupants weight and the cargo load is less than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which may cause death or serious injury.

1774-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle load limits

Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): (P. 476)

Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo and luggage.

Seating capacity: (P. 476)

Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.

Towing capacity

Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle.

Cargo capacity

Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight and the number of occupants.

Total load capacity and seating capacity These details are also described on the tire and loading information label. (P. 386)

Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity, towing capacity and cargo capacity.

WARNING

Overloading the vehicle Do not overload the vehicle. It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering and braking ability, resulting in an accident.

178 4-1. Before driving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Trailer towing

Toyota does not recommend towing a trailer with your vehicle. Toyota also does not recommend the installation of a tow hitch or the use of a tow hitch carrier for a wheelchair, scooter, bicy- cle, etc. Your vehicle is not designed for trailer towing or for the use of tow hitch mounted carriers.

1794-1. Before driving

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Dinghy towing

Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels on the ground) behind a motor home.

NOTICE

To avoid serious damage to your vehicle Do not tow your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground.

180 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles without a smart key system)

Check that the parking brake is set. Check that the shift lever is in P. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Turn the engine switch to the START position to start the engine.

LOCK The steering wheel is locked and the key can be removed. The key can be removed only when the shift lever is in P. ACC Some electrical components such as the power outlet can be used.

ON All electrical components can be used. START For starting the engine.

Starting the engine

Changing the engine switch positions

1

2

3

4

1814-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turning the key from ACC to LOCK Shift the shift lever to P. (P. 190)

If the engine does not start The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 84) Contact your Toyota dealer.

When the steering lock cannot be released

Key reminder function A buzzer sounds if the drivers door is opened while the engine switch is in the LOCK or ACC position to remind you to remove the key.

Push in the key and turn it to the LOCK position.

1

2

When starting the engine, the engine switch may seem stuck in the LOCK position. To free it, turn the key while turn- ing the steering wheel slightly left and right.

182 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the drivers seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

Caution when driving Do not turn the engine switch to the LOCK position while driving. If, in an emergency, you must turn the engine off while the vehicle is moving, turn the engine switch only to the ACC position to stop the engine. An accident may result if the engine is stopped while driving. (P. 423)

NOTICE

To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the engine switch in the ACC or ON position for long peri- ods of time without the engine running.

When starting the engine Do not crank the engine for more than 30 seconds at a time. This may

overheat the starter and wiring system. Do not race a cold engine. If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-

cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately.

1834-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Engine (ignition) switch (vehicles with a smart key system)

Check that the parking brake is set. Check that the shift lever is in P. Firmly depress the brake pedal.

and message will be displayed on the multi-information display.

If it is not displayed, the engine cannot be started. Press the engine switch shortly and firmly. When operating the engine switch, one short, firm press is enough. It is not necessary to press and hold the switch. The engine will crank until it starts or for up to 30 seconds, whichever is less. Continue depressing the brake pedal until the engine is completely started. The engine can be started from any engine switch mode.

Performing the following operations when carrying the elec- tronic key on your person starts the engine or changes engine switch modes.

Starting the engine 1

2

3

4

184 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Stop the vehicle. Set the parking brake (P. 197), and shift the shift lever to P. Press the engine switch. Release the brake pedal and check that ACCESSORY on the multi-information display is off.

Modes can be changed by pressing the engine switch with brake pedal released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)

Off* The emergency flashers can be used. The multi-information display will not be displayed. ACCESSORY mode Some electrical components such as the audio system can be used. ACCESSORY will be displayed on the multi-information display. IGNITION ON mode All electrical components can be used. IGNITION ON will be displayed on the multi-information display.

*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the engine, the engine switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.

Stopping the engine

Changing engine switch modes

1

2

3

4

IGNITION ON

ACCESSORY

1854-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the engine is stopped with the shift lever in a position other than P, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the switch off:

Check that the parking brake is set. Shift the shift lever to P. Check that ACCESSORY and Turn Power Off. are displayed on the multi-information display and then press the engine switch once. Check that ACCESSORY and Turn Power Off. on the multi-infor- mation display are off.

Automatic engine shut off feature The vehicle is equipped with a feature that automatically shuts off the

engine when the shift lever is in P with the engine running for an extended period.

The engine will automatically shut off after approximately 1 hour if it has been left running while the shift lever is in P.

The timer for the automatic engine shut off feature will reset if the brake pedal is depressed or if the shift lever is in a position other than P.

After the vehicle is parked, if the door is locked with the door lock switch (P. 123) from the inside or the mechanical key (P. 462) from the outside, the automatic engine shut off feature will be disabled. The timer for the auto- matic engine shut off feature will be re-enabled if the drivers door is opened.

When stopping the engine with the shift lever in a position other than P

1

2

3

4

186 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Auto power off function If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or IGNI- TION ON mode (the engine is not running) for more than an hour with the shift lever in P, the engine switch will automatically turn off. However, this function cannot entirely prevent battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode for long periods of time when the engine is not running.

Electronic key battery depletion P. 116

Conditions affecting operation P. 136

Notes for the entry function P. 137

If the engine does not start The engine immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (P. 84)

Contact your Toyota dealer. Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The engine may not start if the

shift lever is displaced out of P. Steering lock

After turning the engine switch off and opening and closing the doors, the steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the engine switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.

When the steering lock cannot be released Push ENGINE Switch while Turning The Steering Wheel in Either Direction. will be displayed on the multi-information display. Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press the engine switch while turning the steer- ing wheel left and right.

1874-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Steering lock motor overheating prevention To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, the motor may be sus- pended if the engine is turned on and off repeatedly in a short period of time. In this case, refrain from operating the engine. After about 10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning.

When the Smart Key System Malfunction. See Owners Manual. is dis- played on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

If the electronic key battery is depleted P. 397

Operation of the engine switch If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the engine switch mode may

not change or the engine may not start. If attempting to restart the engine immediately after turning the engine

switch off, the engine may not start in some cases. After turning the engine switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the engine.

If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting P. 462

WARNING

When starting the engine Always start the engine while sitting in the drivers seat. Do not depress the accelerator pedal while starting the engine under any circumstances. Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

Caution while driving If engine failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or open the doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

188 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Stopping the engine in an emergency If you want to stop the engine in an emergency while driving the vehicle,

press and hold the engine switch for more than 2 seconds, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession. (P. 423) However, do not touch the engine switch while driving except in an emer- gency. Turning the engine off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control, but the power assist to these systems will be lost. This will make it more difficult to steer and brake, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

If the engine switch is operated while the vehicle is running, a warning message will be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer sounds.

When restarting the engine after it was turned off while driving, shift the shift lever to N and press the engine switch.

When parking Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and odorless. Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases to enter the vehicle and may lead to an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious health hazard. If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a

garage, stop the engine. Do not leave the vehicle with the engine running for a long time. If such a

situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.

Do not leave the engine running in an area with snow build-up, or where it is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the engine is running, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.

1894-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the engine switch in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode

for long periods of time without the engine running. If ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON is displayed on the multi-information

display, the engine switch is not off. When exiting the vehicle, always check that the engine switch is off.

Do not stop the engine when the shift lever is in a position other than P. If the engine is stopped in another shift lever position, the engine switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY mode. If the vehi- cle is left in ACCESSORY mode, battery discharge may occur.

When starting the engine Do not race a cold engine. If the engine becomes difficult to start or stalls frequently, have your vehi-

cle checked by your Toyota dealer immediately. Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the engine switch

If the engine switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual, such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately.

190 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Continuously variable transmission

Vehicles without a smart key system: While the engine switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal depressed*, shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob. Vehicles with a smart key system: While the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode and the brake pedal depressed*, shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob. Shift the shift lever while pushing the shift release button on the shift knob. Shift the shift lever normally. When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped and the brake pedal is depressed.

*: To shift the shift lever from P, the brake pedal must be depressed before the shift release button is pushed. If the shift release button is pushed first, the shift lock will not be released.

Shifting the shift lever

1914-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*1: To improve fuel efficiency and reduce noises, set the shift lever in D for normal driving.

*2: Selecting gear step using the M position achieves suitable engine braking forces by operating the shift lever.

P. 281

To enter 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode, shift the shift lever to M position. Gear steps can then be selected by operating the shift lever, allowing you to drive in the gear step of your choosing.

Upshifting Downshifting The gear changes once every time the shift lever is operated. The selected gear step, from M1 to M7, will be displayed in the meter.

However, even when in the M position, the gear steps will be auto- matically changed if the engine speed is too high, or too low.

Shift position purpose

Shift position Objective or function

P Parking the vehicle/starting the engine

R Reversing

N Neutral

D Normal driving*1

M 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode driving*2 (P. 191)

Selecting a driving mode

Changing gear steps in the M position

1

2

192 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Gear step functions You can choose from 7 levels of engine braking force. A lower gear step will provide greater engine braking force than a higher

gear step, and the engine speed will also increase. If the 7-speed sport sequential shiftmatic mode indicator does not come

on even after shifting the shift lever to M This may indicate a malfunction in the continuously variable transmission system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. (In this situation, the transmission will operate in the same manner as when the shift lever is in D.)

When the vehicle comes to a stop with the shift lever in the M position The transmission will automatically downshift to M1 once the vehicle is

stopped. After a stop, the vehicle will start off in M1. When the vehicle is stopped, the transmission is set at M1.

When driving with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range activated Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine braking, engine braking will not activate because cruise control will not be canceled. When switching the driving mode to sport mode while driving in D position.

(P. 281) Downshifting restrictions warning buzzer

To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be possible even when the shift lever is operated. (A buzzer will sound twice.)

Restraining sudden start (Drive-start Control) P. 166

Shift lock system The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift lever in starting. The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the engine switch is in the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), and the brake pedal is being depressed.

1934-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed. If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal while pressing the button on the shift knob, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately. The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that the shift lever can be shifted. Releasing the shift lock:

Set the parking brake. Turn the engine switch to the LOCK position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system). Depress the brake pedal.

G AI-SHIFT G AI-SHIFT automatically selects a suitable gear for sporty driving according to drivers input and driving conditions. G AI-SHIFT operates automatically when the shift lever is in D and sport mode is selected for the driving mode. (Selecting normal mode or shifting the shift lever to the M position cancels this function.)

Remove the cover. Remove the cover using flathead screwdriver. To prevent damage to the cover, tip the screwdriver with a rag.

Press the shift lock override button while pressing the button on the shift knob. The shift lever can be shifted while the button is pressed.

1

2

3

4

5

194 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When driving on slippery road surfaces Be careful of downshifting and sudden acceleration, as this could result in the vehicle skidding to the side or spinning.

To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking brake and depress the brake pedal. If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

1954-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turn signal lever

Right turn Lane change to the right (move the lever partway and release it) The right hand signals will flash 3 times. Lane change to the left (move the lever partway and release it) The left hand signals will flash 3 times. Left turn

Turn signals can be operated when Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

If the indicator flashes faster than usual Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned out.

If the turn signals stop flashing before a lane change has been per- formed Operate the lever again.

Customization The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be changed. (Customizable feature P. 506)

Operating instructions

196 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Parking brake

The parking brake is set or released automatically according to shift lever operation. Even when in automatic mode, the parking brake can be set and released manually. (P. 197)

Turns automatic mode on (while the vehicle is stopped, pull and hold the parking brake switch until EPB Shift Interlock Function Activated. will be dis- played on the multi-information display) When the shift lever is moved

out of P, the parking brake will be released, and the parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp turn off.

When the shift lever is moved into P, the parking brake will be set, and the parking brake indi- cator light and parking brake lamp turn on.

Operate the shift lever with the brake pedal depressed. Turns automatic mode off (while the vehicle is stopped, press and hold the parking brake switch until EPB Shift Interlock Function Deactivated. will be displayed on the multi-information display)

A selections can be made as desired from the following modes.

Automatic mode

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

1974-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The parking brake can be set and released manually. Pull the parking brake switch to set the parking brake The parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp will turn on. Pull and hold the parking brake switch if an emergency occurs and it is necessary to operate the park- ing brake while driving. Push the parking brake switch to release the parking brake Operate the parking brake switch while depressing the brake pedal. Make sure that the parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp turn off. If the parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp flashes, operate the switch again. (P. 436)

Manual mode

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

198 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Parking brake operation When the engine switch is not in the ON position (vehicles without a smart

key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), the parking brake cannot be released using the parking brake switch.

When the engine switch is not in the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system), automatic mode (automatic brake setting and releasing) is not available.

Automatic release function The parking brake is automatically released when slowly depress the acceler- ator pedal. The parking brake will be released automatically under the following condi- tions: The drivers door is closed. The drivers seatbelt is fastened. Shift the shift lever is in a forward or reverse position. The malfunction indicator lamp or brake system warning light is not illumi-

nated. If the automatic release function does not operate, manually release the park- ing brake.

If EPB Frequently Operated, Wait a Minute. is displayed on the multi-information display If the parking brake is operated repeatedly over a short period of time, the system may restrict operation to prevent overheating. If this happens, refrain from operating the parking brake. Normal operation will return after about 1 minute.

If EPB Activation Incomplete. or EPB Unavailable. is displayed on the multi-information display Operate the parking brake switch. If the message does not disappear after operating the switch several times, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

Parking brake operation sound When the parking brake operates, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.

1994-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp Depending on the engine switch position/mode, the parking brake indicator

light and parking brake lamp will turn on and stay on as described below: Vehicles without a smart key system In the ON position: Comes on until the parking brake is released. Not in the ON position: Stays on for approximately 15 seconds. Vehicles with a smart key system IGNITION ON mode: Comes on until the parking brake is released. Not in IGNITION ON mode: Stays on for approximately 15 seconds.

When the engine switch is turned off with the parking brake set, the parking brake indicator light and parking brake lamp stay on for about 15 seconds. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Changing the mode When changing the automatic mode on/off, the message will be shown on the multi-information display and the buzzer sounds.

Parking the vehicle P. 165

Parking brake engaged warning buzzer A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven with the parking brake engaged. EPB Applied. is displayed on the multi-information display.

Warning messages and buzzers Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.

If the brake system warning light comes on P. 436

Usage in winter time P. 308

200 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When parking the vehicle Do not leave a child in the vehicle alone. The parking brake may be released unintentionally and there is the danger of the vehicle moving that may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

Parking brake switch Do not set any objects near the parking brake switch. Objects may interfere with the switch and may lead the parking brake to unexpectedly operate.

NOTICE

When parking the vehicle Before you leave the vehicle, shift the shift lever to P, set the parking brake and make sure that the vehicle does not move.

When the system malfunctions Stop the vehicle in a safe place and check the warning messages.

When the parking brake cannot be released due to a malfunction Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake wear. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately if this occurs.

2014-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Brake Hold

Turns the brake hold system on The brake hold standby indicator (green) comes on. While the sys- tem is holding the brake, the brake hold operated indicator (yellow) comes on.

Brake hold system operating conditions The brake hold system cannot be turned on in the following conditions: The drivers door is not closed. The driver is not wearing the seat belt. If any of the conditions above are detected when the brake hold system is enabled, the system will turn off and the brake hold standby indicator light will go off. In addition, if any of the conditions are detected while the system is holding the brake, a warning buzzer will sound and a message will be shown on the multi-information display. The parking brake will then be set automati- cally.

The brake hold system keeps the brake applied when the shift lever is in a forward driving position or N with the system on and the brake pedal has been depressed to stop the vehicle. The system releases the brake when the accelerator pedal is depressed with the shift lever in the forward driving position to allow smooth start off.

202 4-2. Driving procedures

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Brake hold function If the brake pedal is left released for a period of about 3 minutes after the

system has started holding the brake, the parking brake will be set automat- ically. In this case, a warning buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display.

To turn the system off while the system is holding the brake, firmly depress the brake pedal and press the button again.

The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle when the vehicle is on a steep incline. In this situation, it may be necessary for the driver to apply the brakes. A warning buzzer will sound and the multi-information display will inform the driver of this situation. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.

When the parking brake is set automatically while the system is holding the brakes Perform any of the following operations to release the parking brake. Depress the accelerator pedal. (The parking brake will not be released auto-

matically if the seat belt is not fastened.) Operate the parking brake switch with the brake pedal depressed. Make sure that the parking brake indicator light goes off. (P. 196)

When an inspection at your Toyota dealer is necessary When the brake hold standby indicator (green) does not illuminate even when the brake hold switch is pressed with the brake hold system operating condi- tions met, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.

If Brake Hold Fault. Depress Brake to Deactivate. Visit Your Dealer. is displayed on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Warning messages and buzzers Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the driver of the need for caution. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions.

If the brake hold operated indicator flashes P. 436

2034-2. Driving procedures

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When the vehicle is on a steep incline When using the brake hold system on a steep incline exercise caution. The brake hold function may not hold the vehicle in such a situation.

When stopped on a slippery road The system cannot stop the vehicle when the gripping ability of the tires has been exceeded. Do not use the system when stopped on a slippery road.

NOTICE

When parking the vehicle The brake hold system is not designed for use when parking the vehicle for a long period of time. Turning the engine switch off while the system is hold- ing the brake may release the brake, which would cause the vehicle to move. When operating the engine switch, depress the brake pedal, shift the shift lever to P and set the parking brake.

204 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Headlight switch

Operating the switch turns on the lights as follows: For U.S.A.

The headlights, side marker, parking lights, daytime running lights (P. 206) and so on turn on and off auto- matically. (When the engine switch is in the ON position [vehicles with- out a smart key system] or IGNITION ON mode [vehicles with a smart key system]) The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, instrument panel lights and daytime running lights (P. 206) turn on. The headlights and all the lights listed above (except day- time running lights) turn on. The daytime running lights turn off.

The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.

Operating instructions

2054-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

For Canada

The headlights, side marker, parking lights, daytime running lights (P. 206) and so on turn on and off auto- matically. (When the engine switch is in the ON position [vehicles with- out a smart key system] or IGNITION ON mode [vehicles with a smart key system]) The side marker, parking, tail, license plate, instrument panel lights and daytime running lights (P. 206) turn on. The headlights and all the lights listed above (except day- time running lights) turn on.

With the headlights on, push the lever away from you to turn on the high beams. Pull the lever toward you to the center position to turn the high beams off. Pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the high beams once. You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.

AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting System) secures excellent visibility at intersections and on curves by automatically adjusting the direction of the light axis of the headlights according to vehicle speed and the degree of the tires angle as controlled by steering input. AFS operates at speeds of 6 mph (10 km/h) or higher.

Turning on the high beam headlights

AFS (Adaptive Front-lighting System) (if equipped)

206 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Daytime running light system The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the parking

lights and illuminate brighter than the parking lights. (On some models: Using the same lights as the headlights and illuminate darker than the head- lights.)

To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving, the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at night.) The engine is running The parking brake is released The headlight switch is in the or AUTO* position *: When the surroundings are bright

The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking brake is set again. For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the

switch. Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system

offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve fuel economy.

Headlight control sensor The sensor may not function properly if an object is placed on the sensor, or anything that blocks the sensor is affixed to the windshield. Doing so interferes with the sensor detecting the level of ambient light and may cause the automatic headlight sys- tem to malfunction.

2074-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic light off system Vehicles without a smart key system When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-

onds after the engine switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position and a door is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)

When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned to the ACC or LOCK position and the drivers door is opened.

To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to ON position, or turn the light switch to once and then back to or . If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min- utes. Vehicles with a smart key system When the headlights come on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 sec-

onds after a door is opened and closed if the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. (The lights turn off immediately if on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)

When only the tail lights come on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the engine switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the drivers door is opened.

To turn the lights on again, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, or turn the light switch to once and then back to or . If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 min- utes.

Light reminder buzzer Vehicles without a smart key system A buzzer sounds when the engine switch is turned to LOCK position and the drivers door is opened while the lights are turned on. Vehicles with a smart key system A buzzer sounds and a message appears when the engine switch is turned off or turned to ACCESSORY mode and the drivers door is opened while the lights are turned on.

Automatic headlight leveling system (vehicles with Adaptive Front-lighting System) The level of the headlights is automatically adjusted according to the number of passengers and the loading condition of the vehicle to ensure that the headlights do not interfere with other road users.

208 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Battery-saving function In the following conditions, the headlights and the other remaining lights will go off automatically after 20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged: The headlights and/or tail lights are on. Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to the

ACC position or turned off. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to ACCES- SORY mode or turned off.

The light switch is in or . This function will be canceled in any of the following situations: Vehicles without a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to the

ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system: The engine switch is turned to IGNITION ON.

When the light switch is operated. When the door is opened or closed.

If Headlight System Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer. is displayed on the multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Customization Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 507)

NOTICE

To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the engine is not running.

2094-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic High Beam

Push the lever away from you with the headlight switch in the

or position.

Press the Automatic High Beam switch. The Automatic High Beam indica- tor will come on when the head- lights are turned on automatically to indicate that the system is active.

The Automatic High Beam uses an in-vehicle front camera to assess the brightness of streetlights, the lights of vehicles ahead etc., and automatically turns the high beam on or off as necessary.

WARNING

Limitations of the Automatic High Beam Do not rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings and turning the high beam on or off manually if necessary.

To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system Do not overload the vehicle.

Activating the Automatic High Beam system

1

2

210 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Switching to low beam Pull the lever to the original position.

The Automatic High Beam indi- cator will turn off. Push the lever away from you to activate the Automatic High Beam system again.

Switching to high beam Press the Automatic High Beam switch.

The Automatic High Beam indi- cator will turn off and the high beam indicator will turn on. Press the switch to activate the Automatic High Beam system again.

Turning the high beam on/off manually

2114-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

High beam automatic turning on or off conditions When all of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be auto-

matically turned on (after approximately 1 second): Vehicle speed is above approximately 21 mph (34 km/h). The area ahead of the vehicle is dark. There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on. There are few streetlights on the road ahead.

If any of the following conditions are fulfilled, the high beam will be automat- ically turned off: Vehicle speed drops below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h). The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark. Vehicles ahead have headlights or tail lights turned on. There are many streetlights on the road ahead.

front camera detection information The high beam may not be automatically turned off in the following situa-

tions: When oncoming vehicles suddenly appear from a curve When the vehicle is cut off in front of by another vehicle When vehicles ahead are hidden from sight due to repeated curves, road

dividers or roadside trees When vehicles ahead appear from the faraway lane on wide road When vehicles ahead have no lights

The high beam may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights without using the headlights is detected.

House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs may cause the high beam to switch to the low beams, or the low beams to remain on.

The following factors may affect the amount of time taken to turn the high beam on or off: The brightness of headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles ahead The movement and direction of vehicles ahead When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,

etc.) The number of passengers and amount of luggage

212 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The high beam may be turned on or off when the driver does not expect it. Bicycles or similar objects may not be detected. In the situations shown below, the system may not be able to accurately

detect surrounding brightness levels. This may cause the low beams to remain on or the high beams to cause problems for pedestrians, vehicles ahead or other parties. In these cases, manually switch between the high and low beams. In bad weather (rain, snow, fog, sandstorms, etc.) The windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc. The windshield is cracked or damaged. The front camera is deformed or dirty. The front camera temperature is extremely high. Surrounding brightness levels are equal to those of headlights, tail lights

or fog lights. Vehicles ahead have headlights that are either switched off, dirty, are

changing color, or are not aimed properly. When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and

darkness. When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or

roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved roads, gravel tracks, etc.).

When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding road.

There is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a sign or a mirror.

The back of a vehicle ahead is highly reflective, such as a container on a truck.

The vehicles headlights are damaged or dirty. The vehicle is listing or tilting, due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed etc. The high beam and low beam are repeatedly being switched between in

an abnormal manner. The driver believes that the high beam may be causing problems or dis-

tress to other drivers or pedestrians nearby.

2134-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.

Turn the engine switch off while the following conditions are met.

The headlight switch is in or . The headlight switch lever is in high beam position. Automatic High Beam switch is on. Turn the engine switch to ON mode. Within 30 seconds after , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times, then leave the lever in high beam position. If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator is turn on and off 3 times.

Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even the vehicle is stopped. If Headlight System Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer. is displayed on the

multi-information display The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

1

2

3 2

4

214 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Fog light switch

*1 or *2

Turns the front fog lights off

Turns the front fog lights on *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada

Fog lights can be used when The headlights are turned on.

: If equipped

The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving con- ditions, such as in rain and fog.

Operating instructions

2154-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Windshield wipers and washer

Operating the lever operates the wipers or washer as follows: When intermittent windshield wiper operation is selected, the wiper interval can be also adjusted.

*1 or *2

Off

*1 or *2

Intermittent windshield wiper operation

*1 or *2

Low speed windshield wiper operation

*1 or *2

High speed windshield wiper operation

*1 or *2

Temporary operation *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada

Operating the wiper lever

216 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is selected.

Increases the intermittent wind- shield wiper frequency Decreases the intermittent windshield wiper frequency

Washer/wiper dual oper- ation Pulling the lever operates the wipers and washer. Wipers will automatically operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.

The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

If no windshield washer fluid sprays Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

6

2174-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Caution regarding the use of washer fluid When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

When the windshield is dry Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.

When there is no washer fluid spray from the nozzle Damage to the washer fluid pump may be caused if the lever is pulled toward you and held continually.

When a nozzle becomes blocked In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

218 4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Rear window wiper and washer

Operating the switch turns on the rear wiper as follows:

*1 or *2

Off

*1 or *2

Intermittent window wiper oper- ation

*1 or *2

Normal window wiper operation *1: For U.S.A. *2: For Canada

Washer/wiper dual oper- ation Pushing the lever operates the wiper and washer. The wiper will automati- cally operate a couple of times after the washer squirts.

Operating instructions

2194-3. Operating the lights and wipers

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when Vehicles without a smart key system The engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system The engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

If no windshield washer fluid sprays Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the windshield washer fluid reservoir.

NOTICE

When the rear window is dry Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.

When the washer fluid tank is empty Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may over- heat.

When a nozzle becomes blocked In this case, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

220 4-4. Refueling

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Opening the fuel tank cap

Vehicles without a smart key system Turn the engine switch to the LOCK position and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.

Vehicles with a smart key system Turn the engine switch off and ensure that all the doors and win- dows are closed.

Confirm the type of fuel.

Fuel types P. 484

Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.

If the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates The malfunction indicator lamp may illuminate erroneously if refueling is per- formed repeatedly when the fuel tank is nearly full.

Perform the following steps to open the fuel tank cap:

Before refueling the vehicle

2214-4. Refueling

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When refueling the vehicle Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an

unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.

Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it. A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened. Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.

Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their body to come close to an open fuel tank.

Do not inhale vaporized fuel. Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.

Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle. Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.

Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically charged. This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition hazard.

When refueling Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel tank: Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck. Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off. Do not top off the fuel tank.

NOTICE

Refueling Do not spill fuel during refueling. Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control system to operate abnormally, or damaging fuel system components, or the vehicles painted surface.

222 4-4. Refueling

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press the opener to open the fuel filler door.

Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to remove it and hang it on the back of the fuel filler door.

When the fuel filler door cannot be opened

Opening the fuel tank cap 1

2

Open the back door and remove the cover underneath the luggage compart- ment light.

Pull the lever backward and check that the fuel filler door opens.

1

2

2234-4. Refueling

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

After refueling, turn the fuel tank cap until you hear a click. Once the cap is released, it will turn slightly in the opposite direction.

Closing the fuel tank cap

WARNING

When replacing the fuel tank cap Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in death or serious injury.

224 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Toyota Safety Sense 2.5

PCS (Pre-Collision System) P. 231

LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) P. 246

AHB (Automatic High Beam) P. 209

RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped) P. 261

Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range P. 266

The Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 consists of the following drive assist systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driv- ing experience:

Driving assist system

WARNING

Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 The Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 is designed to operate under the assumption that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in normal driving conditions. As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor- mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicles surround- ings and driving safely.

2254-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield, detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.

Radar sensor Front camera

Sensors

WARNING

To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor Observe the following precautions. Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Keep the radar sensor and the radar sensor cover clean at all times.

Radar sensor Radar sensor cover

If the front of the radar sensor or the front or back of the radar sensor cover is dirty or covered with water droplets, snow, etc., clean it. Clean the radar sensor and radar sen- sor cover with a soft cloth to avoid damaging them.

226 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or other items to the radar sensor, radar sensor cover or surrounding area.

Do not subject the radar sensor or its surrounding area to a strong impact. If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Do not disassemble the radar sensor. Do not modify or paint the radar sensor or radar sensor cover. In the following cases, the radar sensor must be recalibrated. Contact your

Toyota dealer for details. When the radar sensor or front grille are removed and installed, or

replaced When the front bumper is replaced

To avoid malfunction of the front camera Observe the following precautions. Otherwise, the front camera may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Keep the windshield clean at all times.

If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets, snow, etc., clean the windshield.

If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be neces- sary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from the area of the windshield in front of the front camera.

If the inner side of the windshield where the front camera is installed is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.

B: Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm) (Approximately 4.0 in. (10 cm) to the right and left from the center of the front camera)

Do not attach objects, such as stickers, transparent stickers, etc., to the outer side of the windshield in front of the front camera (shaded area in the illus- tration). A: From the top of the windshield to

approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below the bottom of the front camera

2274-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

If the part of the windshield in front of the front camera is fogged up or cov- ered with condensation, or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove the fog, condensation, or ice. (P. 315)

If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the wind- shield in front of the front camera by the windshield wipers, replace the wiper insert or wiper blade.

Do not attach window tint to the windshield. Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.

After replacing the windshield, the front camera must be recalibrated. Con- tact your Toyota dealer for details.

Do not allow liquids to contact the front camera. Do not allow bright lights to shine into the front camera. Do not dirty or damage the front camera.

When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens of the front camera. Also, do not touch the lens. If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.

Do not subject the front camera to a strong impact. Do not change the installation position or direction of the front camera or

remove it. Do not disassemble the front camera. Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the front camera

(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling. Do not attach any accessories to the hood, front grille or front bumper that

may obstruct the front camera. Contact your Toyota dealer for details. If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure

that it will not obstruct the front camera. Do not modify the headlights or other lights.

228 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Certification For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.

For vehicles sold in the Canada

2294-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a warning message is displayed on the multi-information display A system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a malfunction in the system. In the following situations, perform the actions specified in the table. When

the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear and the system will become operational.

If the message does not disappear, contact your Toyota dealer.

Situation Actions

When the area around a camera is covered with dirt, moisture (fogged up, covered with con- densation, ice, etc.), or other for- eign matter

Using the wiper and A/C function, remove the dirt and other attached matter. (P. 315)

When the temperature around the front camera is outside of the operational range, such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an extremely cold environ- ment

If the front camera is hot, such as after the vehicle had been parked in the sun, use the air conditioning system to decrease the temperature around the front camera. If a sunshade was used when the vehicle was parked, depending on its type, the sunlight reflected from the surface of the sunshade may cause the temperature of the front camera to become excessively high.

If the front camera is cold, such after the vehicle is parked in an extremely cold environment, use the air conditioning sys- tem to increase the temperature around the front camera.

The area in front of the front camera is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a sticker is attached to the part of the windshield in front of the front camera.

Close the hood, remove the sticker, etc. to clear the obstruction.

When Pre-Collision System Radar in self calibration Unavail- able See owners manual. is displayed.

Check whether there is attached materi- als on the radar and radar cover, and if there is, remove it.

230 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

In the following situations, if the situation has changed (or the vehicle has been driven for some time) and the normal operating conditions are detected, the message will disappear and the system will become opera- tional.

If the message does not disappear, contact your Toyota dealer. When the temperature around the radar sensor is outside of the opera-

tional range, such as when the vehicle is in the sun or in an extremely cold environment

When the front camera cannot detect objects in front of the vehicle, such as when driving in the dark, snow, or fog, or when bright lights are shining into the front camera

Depending on the conditions in the vicinity of the vehicle, the radar may judge the surrounding environment can not be properly recognized. In that case, Pre-Collision System Unavailable See owners manual. is displayed.

2314-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

PCS (Pre-Collision System)

The system can detect the following (The detectable objects differs depending on the function.): Vehicles Bicyclists Pedestrians

The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and front camera to detect objects (P. 231) in front of the vehicle. When the sys- tem determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with an object is high, a warning operates to urge the driver to take eva- sive action and the potential brake pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with an object is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the impact of the collision. The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning timing can be changed. (P. 236)

Detectable objects

232 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Pre-collision warning When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, a buzzer will sound and a warning message will be displayed on the multi- information display to urge the driver to take evasive action.

Pre-collision brake assist When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal colli- sion is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.

Pre-collision braking If the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the impact of the collision.

Emergency steering assist If the system determines that the possibility of a collision with a pedestrian is high and that there is sufficient space for the vehicle to be steered into within its lane, and the driver has begun evasive maneuver or steering, emergency steering assist will assist the steering movements to help enhance the vehicle stability and for lane departure prevention.

System functions

2334-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Intersection right/left turn assistance If the system determines that there is a high possibility of a collision in the following situations, it will assist with Pre-collision warning and, if necessary Pre-collision braking. Depending on the configuration of the intersection, it may not be possible to support. When you turn right/left at an

intersection and cross the path of an oncoming vehicle

When you turn right/left, pedestrian is detected in the forward direction and esti- mated to enter your vehicles path (bicyclists are not detected.)

234 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Limitations of the pre-collision system The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking

care to observe your surroundings. Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this sys- tem. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to vari- ous conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve the same level of performance. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully. Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos-

sibility of a collision: P. 240 Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: P. 242

Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself. Depending on the objects used for testing (dummies, cardboard objects imitating detectable objects, etc.), the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident.

Pre-collision braking When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of

braking force will be applied. If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking func-

tion, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.

The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-colli- sion braking function from operating.

In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating, operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system deter- mines that the driver is taking evasive action.

If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of the pre-collision braking function.

2354-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Emergency steering assist As emergency steering assist operation will be canceled when the system

determines that lane departure prevention function has been completed. Emergency steering assist may not operate or may be cancel in the follow-

ing cases as the system may determine the driver is taking actions. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed strongly, the steering wheel

is being operated sharply, the brake pedal is being depressed or the turn signal lever is being operated. In this case, the system may deter- mine that the driver is taking evasive action and the emergency steering assist may not operate.

In some situations, while the emergency steering assist is operating, operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is depressed strongly, the steering wheel is operated sharply or the brake pedal is being depressed and the system determines that the driver is taking evasive action.

When the emergency steering assist is operating, if the steering wheel is held firmly or is operated in the opposite direction to that which the system is generating torque, the function may be canceled.

When to disable the pre-collision system In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate prop- erly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury: When the vehicle is being towed When your vehicle is towing another vehicle When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of

transportation When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the engine running and the tires

are allowed to rotate freely When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dyna-

mometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel bal- ancer

When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to an accident or other reasons

If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehi- cle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning

When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road When the tires are not properly inflated

236 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on (P. 507) of the multi-information display.

The system is automatically enabled each time the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or turned to IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).

If the system is disabled, the PCS warning light will turn on and a message will be dis- played on the multi-information display.

WARNING

When the tires are very worn When tires of a size other than specified are installed When tire chains are installed When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or front

camera is temporarily installed to the vehicle

Changing settings of the pre-collision system

2374-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Changing the pre-collision warning timing The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on (P. 507) of the multi-information display.

The warning timing setting is retained when the engine switch is turned off. However, if the pre-collision system is disabled and re-enabled, the operation timing will return to the default setting (middle).

If the pre-collision warning timing is changed, emergency steering assist timing will also be changed accordingly. If late is selected, emergency steering assist would not operate in case of an emergency.

Early Middle This is the default setting. Late

238 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Operational conditions for each pre-collision function The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the pos- sibility of a frontal collision with a detected object is high. The system may not operate in the following situations:

If a battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time

If the shift lever is in R When the VSC OFF indicator is illuminated (only the pre-collision warning

function will be operational) The operation speeds and operation cancellation for each function is listed below. Pre-collision warning

Pre-collision brake assist

Pre-collision braking

If either of the following occur while the pre-collision braking function is oper- ating, it will be canceled:

The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly. The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object

Vehicles Approx. 7 to 110 mph (10 to 180 km/h)

Approx. 7 to 110 mph (10 to 180 km/h)

Bicyclists and pedestrians

Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)

Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object

Vehicles Approx. 20 to 110 mph (30 to 180 km/h)

Approx. 20 to 110 mph (30 to 180 km/h)

Bicyclists and pedestrians

Approx. 20 to 50 mph (30 to 80 km/h)

Approx. 20 to 50 mph (30 to 80 km/h)

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object

Vehicles Approx. 7 to 110 mph (10 to 180 km/h)

Approx. 7 to 110 mph (10 to 180 km/h)

Bicyclists and pedestrians

Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)

Approx. 7 to 50 mph (10 to 80 km/h)

2394-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Emergency steering assist When the turn signal lights are flashing, emergency steering assist will not operate in case of an emergency.

If any of the following occur while the emergency steering assist function is operating, it will be canceled:

The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly. The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly. The brake pedal is depressed.

Intersection right/left turn assistance (pre-collision warning) When the turn signal lights are not flashing, support for turning left or right at an intersection which targets oncoming vehicles does not work.

Intersection right/left turn assistance (pre-collision braking) When the turn signal lights are not flashing, support for turning left or right at an intersection which targets oncoming vehicles does not work.

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Relative speed between your vehicle and object

Pedestrians Approx. 25 to 50 mph (40 to 80 km/h)

Approx. 25 to 50 mph (40 to 80 km/h)

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Oncoming vehicle

speed

Relative speed between your

vehicle and object

Vehicles Approx. 7 to

15 mph (10 to 25 km/h)

Approx. 20 to 35 mph (30 to

55 km/h)

Approx. 25 to 50 mph (40 to

80 km/h)

Pedestrians Approx. 7 to

15 mph (10 to 25 km/h)

- Approx. 7 to 15 mph (10 to 25 km/h)

Detectable objects Vehicle speed Oncoming vehicle

speed

Relative speed between your

vehicle and object

Vehicles Approx. 10 to 15 mph (15 to

25 km/h)

Approx. 20 to 28 mph (30 to

45 km/h)

Approx. 28 to 43 mph (45 to

70 km/h)

Pedestrians Approx. 7 to

15 mph (10 to 25 km/h)

- Approx. 7 to 15 mph (10 to 25 km/h)

240 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Object detection function

Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no pos- sibility of a collision In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that

there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate. When passing a detectable object, etc. When changing lanes while overtaking a detectable object, etc.

When rapidly closing on a detectable object, etc. When approaching objects on the roadside, such as detectable objects,

guardrails, utility poles, trees, or walls

When there are patterns or paint in front of your vehicle that may be mis- taken for a detectable object

When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc.

The system detects objects based on their size, profile, motion, etc. However, an object may not be detected depending on the surrounding brightness and the motion, posture, and angle of the detected object, preventing the system from operating properly. (P. 242) The illustration shows an image of detect- able objects.

When approaching a detectable object in an adjacent lane or on the roadside, such as when changing the course of travel or driving on a wind- ing road

When there is a detectable object or other object by the roadside at the entrance of a curve

2414-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When a detectable object approaches very close and then stops before entering the path of your vehicle

If the front of your vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when on an uneven or undulating road surface

When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on an iron bridge

When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a protrusion in front of your vehicle

When approaching an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier, or other barrier that opens and closes

When using an automatic car wash

When overtaking a detectable object that is changing lanes or making a right/left turn

When passing a detectable object in an oncoming lane that is stopped to make a right/left turn

When passing under an object (road sign, billboard, etc.)

When driving through or under objects that may contact your vehicle, such as thick grass, tree branches, or a banner

242 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When driving through steam or smoke When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large

truck or guardrail When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,

radar equipped vehicles, etc., or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be present

When there are many things which can reflect the radio waves of the radar in the vicinity (tunnels, truss bridges, gravel roads, snow covered road that have tracks, etc.)

While making a right/left turn, when an oncoming vehicle or a crossing pedestrian has already exited the path of your vehicle

While making a right/left turn, closely in front of an oncoming vehicle or a crossing pedestrian

While making a right/left turn, when an oncoming vehicle or a crossing pedestrian stops before entering the path of your vehicle

While steering into the direction of oncoming traffic Situations in which the system may not operate properly

In some situations such as the following, an object may not be detected by the radar sensor and front camera, preventing the system from operating properly: When a detectable object is approaching your vehicle When your vehicle or a detectable object is wobbling If a detectable object makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerv-

ing, acceleration or deceleration) When your vehicle approaches a detectable object rapidly

When a detectable object is near a wall, fence, guardrail, manhole cover, vehicle, steel plate on the road, etc.

While making a right/left turn, when an oncoming vehicle turns right/left in front of your vehicle

When a detectable object is not directly in front of your vehicle

2434-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When a detectable object is under a structure When part of a detectable object is hidden by an object, such as large

baggage, an umbrella, or guardrail When there are many things which can reflect the radio waves of the

radar in the vicinity (tunnels, truss bridges, gravel roads, snow covered road that have tracks, etc.)

When there is an effect on the radio waves to the radar that is installed on another vehicle

When multiple detectable objects are close together If the sun or other light is shining directly on a detectable object When a detectable object is a shade of white and looks extremely bright When a detectable object appears to be nearly the same color or bright-

ness as its surroundings If a detectable object cuts or suddenly emerges in front of your vehicle When the front of your vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. When a very bright light ahead, such as the sun or the headlights of

oncoming traffic, shines directly into the front camera When approaching the side or front of a vehicle ahead If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle If a vehicle ahead is narrow, such as a personal mobility vehicle If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck

If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car If a vehicle ahead is a child sized bicycle, a bicycle that is carrying a large

load, a bicycle ridden by more than one person, or a uniquely shaped bicycle (bicycle with a child seat, tandem bicycle, etc.)

If a pedestrian/or the riding height of a bicyclist ahead is shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approximately 6.5 ft. (2 m)

If a preceding vehicle has a low rear end, such as a low bed trailer

If a vehicle ahead has extremely high ground clearance

244 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a pedestrian/bicyclist is wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), making their silhouette obscure

If a pedestrian is bending forward or squatting or bicyclist is bending for- ward

If a pedestrian/bicyclist is moving fast If a pedestrian is pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a

sandstorm When driving through steam or smoke When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at

night or in a tunnel, making a detectable object appear to be nearly the same color as its surroundings

When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes sud- denly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel

After the engine has started the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time

While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/ right turn

While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve If your vehicle is skidding

If the wheels are misaligned If a wiper blade is blocking the front camera The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds When driving on a hill If the radar sensor or front camera is misaligned When driving in a traffic lane separated by more than one lane where

oncoming vehicles are driving while making a right/left turn

If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered

When largely out of place with the opposite facing targeted oncoming vehicle during a right/left turn

2454-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

In addition to the above, in some situations, such as the following, the emer- gency steering assist may not operate. When the white (yellow) lane lines are difficult to see, such as when they

are faint, diverging/merging, or a shadow is cast upon them When the lane is wider or narrower than normal When there is a light and dark pattern on the road surface, such as due to

road repairs When a pedestrian is detected near the centerline of the vehicle When the target is too close When there is insufficient safe or unobstructed space for the vehicle to be

steered into If oncoming vehicle is present If VSC function is operating

In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force or steering force may not be obtained, preventing the system from performing properly: If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when

the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively

worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.) When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery sur-

face When the road surface has deep wheel tracks When driving on a hill road When driving on a road that has inclines to the left or right

If VSC is disabled If VSC is disabled (P. 303), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision

braking functions are also disabled. The PCS warning light will turn on and VSC Turned Off. Pre-Collision

Brake System Unavailable. will be displayed on the multi-information dis- play.

While making a right/left turn, when a pedestrian approaches from behind or side of your vehicle

246 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)

While driving on a road with clear white (yellow) lane lines, the LTA system warns the driver if the vehicle may deviate from the current lane or course*, and also can slightly operate the steering wheel to help avoid deviation from the lane or course*. Also, while the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operating, this system will operate the steering wheel to maintain the vehicles lane position. The LTA system recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a course* using the front camera. Addition- ally, it detects preceding vehicles using the front camera and radar. *: Boundary between asphalt and the

side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb

Summary of functions

WARNING

Before using LTA system Do not rely solely upon the LTA system. The LTA system does not auto-

matically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surround- ing conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as from driving for a long period of time.

Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

2474-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Situations unsuitable for LTA system In the following situations, use the LTA switch to turn the system off. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,

fallen snow, freezing, etc. Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road. White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc. Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction

work. Vehicle is driven in a construction zone. A spare tire, tire chains, etc. are equipped. When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pres-

sure is low. During emergency towing

Preventing LTA system malfunctions and operations performed by mistake Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the surface of the

lights. Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be

replaced, contact your Toyota dealer. Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a

grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.). If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.

248 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Conditions in which functions may not operate properly In the following situations, the functions may not operate properly and the vehicle may depart from its lane. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel to correct the path of the vehicle without relying solely on the functions.

When the follow-up cruising display is displayed (P. 255) and the pre- ceding vehicle is swaying. (Your vehicle may sway accordingly and depart from the lane.)

When the follow-up cruising display is displayed (P. 255) and the pre- ceding vehicle departs from its lane. (Your vehicle may follow the preced- ing vehicle and depart from the lane.)

When the follow-up cruising display is displayed (P. 255) and the pre- ceding vehicle is being driven extremely close to the left/right lane line. (Your vehicle may follow the preceding vehicle and depart from the lane.)

Vehicle is being driven around a sharp curve.

When the follow-up cruising display is displayed (P. 255) and the preceding vehicle changes lanes. (Your vehicle may follow the preceding vehicle and also change lanes.)

Objects or patterns that could be mis- taken for white (yellow) lines are pres- ent on the side of the road (guardrails, reflective poles, etc.).

2494-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white (yellow) lines.

The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.

The white (yellow) lines are cracked, Botts dots, Raised pavement marker or stones are present.

The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand, etc.

The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.

Vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.

Repair marks of asphalt, white (yellow) lines, etc. are present due to road repair.

250 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than lines that are white).

The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc. The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete. If the edge of the road is not clear or straight. The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc. The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,

such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc. Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the

camera. The vehicle is driven on a slope. The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road. The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road. The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide. The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having

improper tire pressure. The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short. The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions

during driving (poor roads or road seams). When driving in a tunnel or at night with the headlights off or when a head-

light is dim due to its lens being dirty or it being misaligned. The vehicle is struck by a crosswind. The vehicle is affected by wind from a vehicle driven in a nearby lane. The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection. Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are

used. When tires of a size other than specified are installed. Snow tires, etc. are equipped. The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.

2514-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Lane departure alert function When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane or course*, a warning is displayed on the multi-information display, and a warning buzzer will sound to alert the driver. When the warning buzzer sounds, check the area around your vehicle and carefully operate the steering wheel to move the vehicle back to the center of the lane. Vehicle with BSM: When the sys- tem determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the lane departure alert will operate even if the turn signals are operating.

*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb

Functions included in LTA system

252 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Steering assist function When the system determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane or course*, the system provides assistance as necessary by operating the steering wheel in small amounts for a short period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane. Vehicle with BSM: When the sys- tem determines that the vehicle might depart from its lane and that the possibility of a collision with an overtaking vehicle in the adjacent lane is high, the steering assist function will operate even if the turn signals are operating.

*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb

2534-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle sway warning function When the vehicle is swaying within a lane, the warning buzzer will sound and a mes- sage will be displayed on the multi-information display to alert the driver.

Lane centering function This function is linked with dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range and pro- vides the required assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the vehicle in its current lane.

When dynamic radar cruise con- trol with full-speed range is not operating, the lane centering function does not operate. In situations where the white (yellow) lane lines are difficult to see or are not visible, such as when in a traffic jam, this func- tion will operate to help follow a preceding vehicle by monitoring the position of the preceding vehicle.

254 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turning the lane centering function ON/OFF Press the LTA switch. The lane centering function will change between ON/OFF each time the switch is pressed. The current setting will be displayed on the multi-information display.

Turning the LTA system OFF Press and hold the LTA switch The LTA indicator light turns off when the LTA is turned OFF. Press the switch again to turn the system on. When the LTA system is turned on or off, operation of the LTA system con- tinues in the same condition the next time the engine started. However, the lane centering function keeps either the ON/OFF state prior to the engine switch being turned off.

LTA system setting

Lane centering function ON Lane centering function OFF

LTA Steering Assist Active Lane Centering Active

LTA Steering Assist

active.

2554-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

LTA indicator The illumination condition of the indicator informs the driver of the system operation status. Illuminated in white: LTA system is operating. Illuminated in green: Steering wheel assistance of the steering assist function or lane centering function is operating. Flashing in orange: Lane departure alert function is operating. Operation display of steering wheel operation support Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving assist system information display. Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering assist function or lane centering function is operating. Both outer sides of the lane are displayed: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the lane centering function is operating. One outer side of the lane is displayed: Indicates that steering wheel assist of the steering assist function is operating. Both outer sides of the lane are flashing: Alerts the driver that their input is necessary to stay in the center of the lane (lane centering function).

Indications on multi-information display

256 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Lane departure alert function display Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving assist system information display.

*: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or a curb

Follow-up cruising display Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the driving assist system information display. Indicates that steering assist of the lane centering function is operating by monitoring the position of a preceding vehicle. When the follow-up cruising display is displayed, if the preceding vehicle moves, your vehicle may move in the same way. Always pay careful atten- tion to your surroundings and operate the steering wheel as necessary to correct the path of the vehicle and ensure safety.

Inside of displayed lines is white

Inside of displayed lines is black

Indicates that the system is recog- nizing white (yellow) lines or a course*. When the vehicle departs from its lane, the white line displayed on the side the vehicle departs from flashes orange.

Indicates that the system is not able to recognize white (yellow) lines or a course* or is temporar- ily canceled.

2574-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Operation conditions of each function Lane departure alert function

This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. LTA is turned on. Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more*1. System recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or a course*2. (When a white

[yellow] line or course*2 is recognized on only one side, the system will operate only for the recognized side.)

Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more. Turn signal lever is not operated. (Vehicle with BSM: Except when

another vehicle is in the lane on the side where the turn signal was oper- ated)

Vehicle is not being driven around a sharp curve. No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 260) *1: The function operates even if the vehicle speed is less than approxi-

mately 32 mph (50 km/h) when the lane centering function is operating. *2: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil,

or a curb Steering assist function

This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addi- tion to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function. Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more. Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for

changing lanes. ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating. TRAC or VSC is not turned off. Hands off steering wheel warning is not displayed. (P. 259)

Vehicle sway warning function This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.

Setting for Sway Warning in on the multi-information display is set to ON. (P. 507)

Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more. Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more. No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 260)

258 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Lane centering function This function operates when all of the following conditions are met. LTA is turned on.

Setting for Lane Centering in of the multi-information display is set to ON. (P. 507)

This function recognizes white (yellow) lane lines or the position of a pre- ceding vehicle (except when the preceding vehicle is small, such as a motorcycle).

The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operating in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode.

Width of traffic lane is approximately 10 to 13 ft. (3 to 4 m). Turn signal lever is not operated. Vehicle is not being driven around a sharp curve. No system malfunctions are detected. (P. 260) Vehicle does not accelerate or decelerate by a fixed amount or more. Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for

changing lanes. ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS are not operating. TRAC or VSC is not turned off. Hands off steering wheel warning is not displayed. (P. 259) The vehicle is being driven in the center of a lane. Steering assist function is not operating.

Temporary cancelation of functions When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily

canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation of the function is automatically restored. (P. 257)

If the operation conditions (P. 258) are no longer met while the lane cen- tering function is operating, the buzzer may sound to indicate that the func- tion has been temporarily canceled.

Steering assist function/lane centering function Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,

etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not operate at all.

The steering control of the function is overridden by the drivers steering wheel operation.

Do not attempt to test the operation of the steering assist function.

2594-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Lane departure alert function The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio

playback, etc. If the edge of the course* is not clear or straight, the lane departure alert

function may not operate. Vehicle with BSM: It may not be possible for the system to determine if there

is a danger of a collision with a vehicle in an adjacent lane. Do not attempt to test the operation of the lane departure alert function. *: Boundary between asphalt and the side of the road, such as grass, soil, or

a curb Hands off steering wheel warning

When the system determines that the driver is driving without holding the steering wheel while the system is operating If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel, the buzzer sounds, the driver is warned and the function is temporarily can- celed. This warning also operates in the same way when the driver continu- ously operates the steering wheel only a small amount.

When the system determines that the vehicle may deviate from the lane while driving around a curve while the lane centering function is operating. Depending on the vehicle condition and road conditions, the warning may not operate. Also, if the system determines that the vehicle is driving around a curve, warnings will occur earlier than during straight-lane driving.

When the system determines that the driver is driving without holding the steering wheel while the steering wheel assist of the steering assist function is operating. If the driver continues to keep their hands off of the steering wheel and the steering wheel assist is operating, the buzzer sounds and the driver is warned. Each time the buzzer sounds, the continuing time of the buzzer becomes longer.

In the following situations, a warning mes- sage urging the driver to hold the steering wheel and the symbol shown in the illus- tration are displayed on the multi-informa- tion display to warn the driver. The warning stops when the system deter- mines that the driver holds the steering wheel. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel when using this system, regardless of warnings.

260 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle sway warning function

Depending on the vehicle and road conditions, the warning may not operate. Warning message

If the following warning message is displayed on the multi-information display and the LTA indicator illuminates in orange, follow the appropriate trouble- shooting procedure. Also, if a different warning message is displayed, follow the instructions displayed on the screen. LTA Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer.

The system may not be operating properly. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

LTA Unavailable The system is temporarily canceled due to a malfunction in a sensor other than the front camera. Turn the LTA system off, wait for a little while, and then turn the LTA system back on.

LTA Unavailable at Current Speed. The function cannot be used as the vehicle speed exceeds the LTA opera- tion range. Drive slower.

Customization Function settings can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 507)

When the system determines that the vehicle is swaying while the vehicle sway warning function is operating, a buzzer sounds and a warning message urging the driver to rest and the symbol shown in the illustration are simultaneously dis- played on the multi-information display.

2614-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

RSA (Road Sign Assist)

The RSA system recognizes spe- cific road signs using the front camera to provide information to the driver via the display.

If the system judges that the vehicle is being driven over the speed limit, performing prohibited actions, etc., according to the recognized road signs, it notifies the driver through a visual notification and notifi- cation buzzer.

: If equipped

Summary of function

WARNING

Before using the RSA Do not rely solely upon the RSA system. RSA is a system which supports the driver by providing information, but it is not a replacement for a drivers own vision and awareness. Drive safely by always paying careful attention to the traffic rules.

262 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the front camera recognizes a sign, the sign will be displayed on the multi-information display. When the driving assist system

information is selected, a maxi- mum of 3 signs can be dis- played. (P. 99)

When a tab other than the driv- ing assist system information is selected, the following types of road signs will be displayed. (P. 99) Speed limit sign Do Not Enter sign (when

notification is necessary) If signs other than speed limit signs are recognized, they will be dis- played in an overlapping stack under the current speed limit sign.

Indication on the multi-information display

2634-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The following types of road signs, including electronic signs and blink- ing signs, are recognized.

A non-official or a recently introduced traffic sign may not be recognized.

In the following situations, the RSA system will notify the driver. When the vehicle speed exceeds the speed notification threshold of

the speed limit sign displayed, the sign display will be emphasized and a buzzer will sound.

When the RSA system recognizes a do not enter sign and deter- mines that your vehicle has entered a no-entry area, the displayed sign will flash and a buzzer will sound.

Depending on the situation, a notification function may not operate properly.

Supported types of road signs

: Speed limit

: Do Not Enter

: Stop

: Yield

Notification function

264 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Setting procedure

Press or of meter control switches and select . (P. 100)

Press or of meter control switches and select , and press .

Automatic turn-off of RSA sign display In the following situations, a displayed speed limit sign and/or do not enter sign will stop being displayed automatically: No sign has been recognized for a certain distance. The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc. In the following situations, stop and yield signs will stop being displayed auto- matically: The system determines that your vehicle has passed the sign. The road changes due to a left or right turn, etc.

Conditions in which the function may not operate or detect correctly In the following situations, RSA does not operate normally and may not rec- ognize signs, display the incorrect sign, etc. However, this does not indicate a malfunction. The front camera is misaligned due to a strong impact being applied to the

sensor, etc. Dirt, snow, stickers, etc., are on the windshield near the front camera. In inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or sand storms Light from an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc., enters the front camera. The sign is dirty, faded, tilted or bent. The contrast of electronic sign is low. All or part of the sign is hidden by the leaves of a tree, a pole, etc. The sign is only visible to the front camera for a short amount of time. The driving scene (turning, lane change, etc.) is judged incorrectly.

1

2

2654-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a sign not appropriate for the currently traveled lane, but the sign exists directly after a freeway branches, or in an adjacent lane just before merging.

Stickers are attached to the rear of the preceding vehicle. A sign resembling a system compatible sign is recognized. Side road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if positioned in sight

of the front camera) while the vehicle is traveling on the main road. Roundabout exit road speed signs may be detected and displayed (if posi-

tioned in sight of the front camera) while traveling on a roundabout. The front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load The surrounding brightness is not sufficient or changes suddenly. When a sign intended for trucks, etc. is recognized. The speed information displayed on the meter and on the navigation system

may be different due to the navigation system using map data. Speed limit sign display

If the engine switch was last turned off while a speed limit sign was displayed on the multi-information display, the same sign displays again when the engine switch is turned to ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).

If RSA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer is shown The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toy- ota dealer.

Customization Some functions can be customized. (Customizable feature: P. 508)

266 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Dynamic radar cruise controlwith full-speed range

In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically accelerates, decelerates and stops to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed. Use the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range on free- ways and highways. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (P. 269) Constant speed control mode (P. 276)

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch Multi-information display Indicators Set speed Cruise control switch

Summary of functions

System Components

2674-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Before using dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on

the system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your sur- roundings.

The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range provides driving assistance to reduce the drivers burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided. Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system and always drive carefully. When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead: P. 278

Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not function correctly: P. 280

Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking the set speed.

Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preced- ing vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert, assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying solely on this system or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

Switch the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range setting to off, using the ON-OFF button when not in use.

Cautions regarding the driving assist systems Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance provided by the system. Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Assisting the driver to measure following distance

The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is only intended to help the driver in determining the following distance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mecha- nism that allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention to the vehicles surroundings.

Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range determines whether the following distance between the drivers own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely neces- sary for the driver to remain vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in any given situation.

268 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range does not include functions which will prevent or avoid collisions with vehicles ahead of your vehicle. Therefore, if there is ever any possibility of danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.

Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range Do not use dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range in any of the following situations. Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an acci- dent resulting in death or serious injury. Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclists, etc. In heavy traffic On roads with sharp bends On winding roads On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up

and down gradients Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.

At entrances to freeways and highways When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sen-

sors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.) When there is rain, snow, etc., on the front surface of the radar or front

camera In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and decel-

eration During emergency towing When an approach warning buzzer is heard often

2694-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

This mode employs a radar to detect the presence of vehicles up to approximately 328 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current vehicle- to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable fol- lowing distance from the vehicle ahead. The desired vehicle-to-vehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch.

When driving on downhill slopes, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance may become shorter.

Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode

270 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Example of constant speed cruising When there are no vehicles ahead The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed appears When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver. Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate suffi- ciently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead. When the vehicle ahead of you stops, your vehicle will also stop (vehicle is stopped by system control). After the vehicle ahead starts off, pushing the cruise control lever up or depressing the accelerator pedal (start-off opera- tion) will resume follow-up cruising. If the start-off operation is not per- formed, system control continues to keep your vehicle stopped. When the turn signal lever is operated and your vehicle moves to an over- taking lane while driving at 50 mph (80 km/h) or more, the vehicle will accelerate to help to overtake a passing vehicle. The systems identification of what is an overtaking lane may be deter- mined solely based on the location of the steering wheel in the vehicle (left side driver position versus right side driver position.) If the vehicle is driven to a region where the overtaking lane is on a different side from where the vehicle is normally driven, the vehicle may accelerate when the turn signal lever is operated in the opposite direction to the overtaking lane (e.g., if the driver normally operates the vehicle in a region where the overtaking lane is to the right but then drives to a region where the overtaking lane is to the left, the vehicle may accelerate when the right turn signal is activated). Example of acceleration When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower than the set speed The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then returns to constant speed cruising.

2714-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press the ON-OFF button to activate the cruise control. Dynamic radar cruise control indi- cator will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. Press the button again to deacti- vate the cruise control. If the ON-OFF button is pressed and held for 1.5 seconds or more, the system turns on in constant speed control mode. (P. 276)

Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal operation, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approximately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and push the lever down to set the speed. Cruise control SET indicator will come on. The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set speed.

Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) 1

2

272 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Adjusting the set speed by the lever To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed is displayed.

Increases the speed (Except when the vehicle has been stopped by system control in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) Decreases the speed

Fine adjustment: Momentarily move the lever in the desired direction. Large adjustment: Hold the lever up or down to change the speed, and release when the desired speed is reached. In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:

Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the lever is operated Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 increments for as long as the lever is held

In the constant speed control mode (P. 276), the set speed will be increased or decreased as follows:

Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time the lever is operated Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is held.

*1: When the set speed is shown in MPH *2: When the set speed is shown in km/h

Increasing the set speed by the accelerator pedal Accelerate with accelerator pedal operation to the desired vehi- cle speed Push the lever down

Adjusting the set speed

1

2

2734-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Pressing the switch changes the vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol- lows:

Long Medium Short If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be displayed.

Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed. When the vehicle is stopped by system control, the vehicle stops at a certain vehicle-to-vehicle distance depending on the situation.

Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode)

Preceding vehicle mark

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)

Distance options Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

Long Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)

Medium Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)

Short Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)

274 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

After the vehicle ahead of you starts off, push the lever up. Your vehicle will also resume follow-up cruising if the accelera- tor pedal is depressed after the vehicle ahead of you starts off.

Pulling the lever toward you cancels the speed control. The speed control is also canceled when the brake pedal is depressed. (When the vehicle has been stopped by system control, depressing the brake pedal does not cancel the setting.)

Pushing the lever up resumes the cruise control and returns vehicle speed to the set speed.

Resuming follow-up cruising when the vehicle has been stopped by system control (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)

Canceling and resuming the speed control

2754-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When your vehicle is too close to a vehicle ahead, and sufficient automatic deceleration via the cruise control is not possible, the display will flash and the buzzer will sound to alert the driver. An example of this would be if another driver cuts in front of you while you are following a vehicle. Depress the brake pedal to ensure an appropriate vehicle-to- vehicle distance. Warnings may not occur when

In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small. When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds

your vehicle speed When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow

speed Immediately after the cruise control speed was set When depressing the accelerator pedal

Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)

276 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will main- tain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance. Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode does not function correctly due to a dirty radar, etc.

With the cruise control off, press and hold the ON-OFF button for 1.5 seconds or more. Immediately after the ON-OFF button is pressed, the dynamic radar cruise control indicator will come on. Afterwards, it switches to the cruise control indicator. Switching to constant speed con- trol mode is only possible when operating the lever with the cruise control off. Accelerate or decelerate, with accelerator pedal operation, to the desired vehicle speed (at or above approximately 20 mph [30 km/h]) and push the lever down to set the speed. Cruise control SET indicator will come on. The vehicle speed at the moment the lever is released becomes the set speed. Adjusting the speed setting: P. 272 Canceling and resuming the speed setting: P. 274

Selecting constant speed control mode

1

2

2774-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range can be set when The shift lever is in D. The desired set speed can be set when the vehicle speed is approximately

20 mph (30 km/h) or more. (However, when the vehicle speed is set while driving at below approxi- mately 20 mph [30 km/h], the set speed will be set to approximately 20 mph [30 km/h].)

Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After acceler- ating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.

When the vehicle stops while follow-up cruising Pushing the lever up while the vehicle ahead stops will resume follow-up

cruising if the vehicle ahead starts off within approximately 3 seconds after the lever is pushed up.

If the vehicle ahead starts off within 3 seconds after your vehicle stops, fol- low-up cruising will be resumed.

Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the fol- lowing situations: VSC is activated. TRAC is activated for a period of time. When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off. The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way. Pre-collision braking is activated. The parking brake is operated. The vehicle is stopped by system control on a steep incline. The following are detected when the vehicle has been stopped by system

control: The driver is not wearing a seat belt. The drivers door is opened. The vehicle has been stopped for about 3 minutes.

If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.

278 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situa- tions: Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below

the set vehicle speed. Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). VSC is activated. TRAC is activated for a period of time. When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off. Pre-collision braking is activated. If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any reasons other than the above, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.

Brake operation A brake operation sound may be heard and the brake pedal response may change, but these are not malfunctions.

Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the instructions. (P. 229, 444)

When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the accelerator pedal when acceleration is required. As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the approach warning (P. 275) may not be activated. Vehicles that cut in suddenly Vehicles traveling at low speeds Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane

2794-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)

Motorcycles traveling in the same lane When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the

detecting of the sensor When your vehicle is pointing upwards

(caused by a heavy load in the luggage compartment, etc.)

Preceding vehicle has an extremely high ground clearance

280 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not function correctly In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelera- tor pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary. As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system may not operate properly.

When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly When driving on a road surrounded by a structure, such as in a tunnel or on

a bridge While the vehicle speed is decreasing to the set speed after the vehicle

accelerates by depressing the accelerator pedal

When the road curves or when the lanes are narrow

When steering wheel operation or your position in the lane is unstable

2814-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Driving mode select

Changing the driving mode To select the drive mode, perform operations on the multi-information display.

Press or of meter control switches and select .

Press or of the meter control switches, and select Drive Mode. Press or of the meter control switches, and select drive mode.

In response to driving conditions, one of 3 drive modes can be selected.

Select the drive mode

1

2

3

282 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Driving modes NORMAL mode

Provides an optimal balance of fuel economy, quietness, and dynamic performance. Suitable for city driving.

SPORT mode Controls the transmission and engine to provide quick, powerful acceleration. This mode also changes the steering feel, making it suitable for when agile driving response is desired, such as when driving on roads with many curves.

When sport mode is selected, the SPORT indicator will illuminate on the multi-information display.

ECO mode Helps the driver accelerate in an eco-friendly manner and improve fuel economy through moderate throttle characteristics and by controlling the operation of the air conditioning system (heating/cooling).

When Eco mode is selected, the ECO MODE indicator will illumi- nate on the multi-information display. While the air conditioning is being used, the system automatically switches to air conditioning eco mode (P. 317), allowing for driving that leads to even better fuel economy.

Canceling driving modes Select another drive mode. Also, SPORT mode will be canceled automati-

cally when the engine switch is turned off. NORMAL mode and ECO mode will not be canceled automatically until

another drive mode is selected, even if the engine switch is turned off.

2834-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)

The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that uses rear side radar sensors installed on the inner side of the rear bumper on the left and right side to assist the driver in confirming safety when changing lanes.

Outside rear view mirror indicators When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or approaching rapidly from behind into a blind spot, the outside rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If the turn signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear view mirror indicator flashes. BSM OFF indicator Illuminates when the Blind Spot Monitor is disabled.

: If equipped

Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor

284 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

When the BSM function is disabled, the BSM OFF indicator (P. 283) illu- minates. (Each time the engine switch is turned off then changed to ON, the BSM function will be enabled automatically.)

The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif- ficult to see.

When Blind Spot Monitor Unavailable. is shown on the multi-informa- tion display Water, snow mud, etc., may be built up in the vicinity of the sensor area of bumper (P. 286). Removing the water, snow, mud, etc., from the vicinity of the sensor area bumper should return it to normal. Also, the sensor may not function normally when used in extremely hot or cold weather.

When Blind Spot Monitor System Malfunction. Visit Your Dealer. is shown on the multi-information display There may be a sensor malfunction or misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Customization Some functions can be customized. (P. 508)

Turning the BSM function on/off

1

2

3

2854-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor For vehicles sold in U.S.A.

For vehicles sold in Canada

286 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

To ensure the system can operate properly One Blind Spot Monitor sensor is installed inside the left and right side of the vehicle rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the Blind Spot Monitor can function correctly.

If the warning message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a strong impact. If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction and vehicles may not be detected correctly. In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact. If the surrounding area of a sensor is scratched or dented, or part of

them has become disconnected. Do not disassemble the sensor. Do not attach accessories or stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on

the bumper. Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the bumper. Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.

Keep the sensor and its surrounding area on the bumper clean at all times. If a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper is dirty or covered with snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not operate and a warning message (P. 284) will be displayed. In this situation, clear off the dirt or snow and drive the vehicle with the operation conditions of the BSM func- tion (P. 289) satisfied for approxi- mately 10 minutes.

2874-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The BSM function uses radar sensors to detect the following vehicles traveling in adjacent lanes and advises the driver of the presence of such vehicles via the indicators on the outside rear view mirrors.

Vehicles that are traveling in areas that are not visible using the out- side rear view mirrors (the blind spots) Vehicles that are approaching rapidly from behind in areas that are not visible using the outside rear view mirrors (the blind spots)

BSM function

288 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.

The range of each detection area is: Approximately 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) to 11.5 ft. (3.5 m) from either side of the vehicle*

*: The area between the side of the vehicle and 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the side of the vehicle cannot be detected.

Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) forward of the rear bumper Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from the rear bumper Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) to 197 ft. (60 m) from the rear bumper*

*: The greater the difference in speed between your vehicle and the detected vehicle is, the farther away the vehicle will be detected, causing the out- side rear view mirror indicator to illuminate or flash.

BSM function detection areas

2894-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The BSM function is operational when The BSM function is operational when all of the following conditions are met: The BSM system is set to on (P. 284) The shift lever is in a position other than R. Vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h)

The BSM function will detect a vehicle when The BSM function will detect a vehicle present in the detection area in the following situations: A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle. You overtake a vehicle in adjacent lane slowly. Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.

Conditions under which the system will not detect a vehicle The BSM function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles and/or objects: Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.* Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects* Following vehicles that are in the same lane* Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle* Vehicles which are being overtaken rapidly by your vehicle* *: Depending on conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may occur.

WARNING

Cautions regarding the use of the system The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking care to observe your surroundings. The Blind Spot Monitor function is a supplementary function which alerts the driver that a vehicle is present in the blind spot. Do not overly rely on the Blind Spot Monitor function. The function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes, therefore over reliance could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. According to conditions, the system may not function correctly. Therefore the drivers own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.

290 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Conditions under which the system may not function correctly The BSM function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situa-

tions: When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its

surrounding area When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surround-

ing area on the rear bumper When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad

weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between

each vehicle When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and

the vehicle that enters the detection area When the difference in speed between your vehicle and another vehicle

is changing When a vehicle enters a detection area traveling at about the same

speed as your vehicle As your vehicle starts from a stop, a vehicle remains in the detection area When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips

in the road, etc. When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven

surfaces When vehicle lanes are wide, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and

the vehicle in an adjacent lane is far away from your vehicle When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the

vehicle When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and

the vehicle that enters the detection area Immediately after BSM system is set to on

2914-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Instances of the BSM function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or object may increase in the following situations: When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its

surrounding area When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc., that

enters the detection area is short When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips

in the road, etc. When vehicle lanes are narrow, or when driving on the edge of a lane,

and a vehicle traveling in a lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the detection area

When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven surfaces

When the tires are slipping or spinning When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the

vehicle

292 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)

The RCTA function uses the BSM rear side radar sensors installed behind the rear bumper. This function is intended to assist the driver in checking areas that are not easily visible when backing up.

Outside rear view mirror indicators When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash. RCTA buzzer If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is detected, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer also sounds for approximately 1 second immediately after the RCTA function is operated to turn the system on. RCTA OFF indicator Illuminates when the Rear Cross Traffic Alert is disabled.

Summary of the Rear Cross Traffic Alert

: If equipped

2934-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

Press or of the meter control switches, select RCTA. When the RCTA function is disabled, the RCTA OFF indicator (P. 292) illuminates. (Each time the engine switch is turned off then changed to ON, the RCTA function will be enabled automatically.)

The outside rear view mirror indicators visibility When under strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be dif- ficult to see.

Hearing the RCTA buzzer The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to hear over loud noises, such as if the audio system volume is high.

When RCTA Unavailable. is shown on the multi-information display Water, snow mud, etc., may be built up in the vicinity of the sensor area of bumper (P. 286). Removing the water, snow, mud, etc., from the vicinity of the sensor area bumper should return it to normal. Also, the sensor may not function normally when used in extremely hot or cold weather

When RCTA Malfunction Visit Your Dealer. is shown on the multi-infor- mation display There may be a sensor malfunction or misaligned. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Rear side radar sensors P. 286

Turning the RCTA function on/off

1

2

3

294 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The RCTA functions when your vehicle is in reverse. It can detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left rear of the vehicle. It uses radar sensors to alert the driver of the other vehicles existence through flashing the outside rear view mirror indicators and sounding a buzzer.

RCTA function

Approaching vehicles Detection areas

WARNING

Cautions regarding the use of the system There is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control perfor- mance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicles surround- ings and driving safely. (P. 289)

To ensure the system can operate properly P. 286

2954-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.

To give the driver a more consistent time to react, the buzzer can alert for faster vehicles from farther away. Example:

RCTA function detection areas

Approaching vehicle Speed Approximate alert distance

Fast 18 mph (28 km/h) 65 ft. (20 m)

Slow 5 mph (8 km/h) 18 ft. (5.5 m)

296 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The RCTA function is operational when The RCTA function operates when all of the following conditions are met: The RCTA system is set to on. (P. 293) The shift position is in R. Vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h). Approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and

18 mph (28 km/h). Adjusting the buzzer volume

The buzzer volume can be adjusted on the multi-information display. Use the meter control switches to change settings. (P. 100)

Press or to select .

Press or to select Vehicle Settings, and then press .

Press or to select , select the volume and then press

.

Each time the switch is pressed, the volume level will change between 1, 2 and 3.

Muting a buzzer A mute button will be displayed on the multi-information display when an object is detected. To mute the buzzer, press . Mute will be canceled automatically in the following situations: When the shift lever is changed. When the vehicle speed exceeds a certain speed. When the operating function is temporarily canceled. When the operating function is disabled manually. When the engine switch is turned off.

1

2

3

2974-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Conditions under which the system will not detect a vehicle The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles and/or objects: Vehicles approaching from directly behind Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle

Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects* Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.* Vehicles moving away from your vehicle Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle* The distance between the sensor and approaching vehicle gets too close *: Depending on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may

occur.

Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect due to obstructions

298 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Situations in which the system may not operate properly The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situa- tions: When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its

surrounding area When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc., is covering the sensor or surrounding

area on the position above the rear bumper When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad

weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between

each vehicle When a vehicle is approaching at high speed When equipment that may obstruct a sensor is installed, such as a towing

eyelet, bumper protector (an additional trim strip, etc.), bicycle carrier, or snow plow

When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and the vehicle that enters the detection area

When a sensor or the area around a sensor is extremely hot or cold If the suspension has been modified or tires of a size other than specified

are installed

When backing up on a slope with a sharp change in grade

When backing out of a sharp angle park- ing spot

2994-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load

Situations in which the system may operate even if there is no possibil- ity of a collision Instances of the RCTA function unnecessary detecting a vehicle and/or object may increase in the following situations:

When equipment that may obstruct a sensor is installed, such as a towing eyelet, bumper protector (an additional trim strip, etc.), bicycle carrier, or snow plow

When turning while backing up

When a vehicle turns into the detection area

When the parking space faces a street and vehicles are being driven on the street

When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a guardrail, wall, sigh, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electrical waves toward the rear of the vehicle, is short

300 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When there are spinning objects near your vehicle such as the fan of an air conditioning unit

When water is splashed or sprayed toward the rear bumper, such as from a sprinkler

Moving objects (flags, exhaust fumes, large rain droplets or snowflakes, rain water on the road surface, etc.)

When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc., that enters the detection area is short

Gratings and gutters When a sensor or the area around a sensor is extremely hot or cold If the suspension has been modified or tires of a size other than specified

are installed If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered due to the carried load

When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle

When a detected vehicle turns while approaching the vehicle

3014-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Driving assist systems

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)

Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly, or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface

Brake assist

Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation

VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)

Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or turning on slippery road surfaces

Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)

Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS. Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery road surfaces by controlling steering performance

TRAC (Traction Control)

Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads

Active Cornering Assist (ACA)

Helps to prevent the vehicle from drifting to the outer side by per- forming inner wheel brake control when attempting to accelerate while turning.

To keep driving safety and performance, the following systems operate automatically in response to various driving situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehi- cle.

302 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Hill-start assist control

Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when start- ing on an uphill

EPS (Electric Power Steering)

Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to turn the steering wheel.

The slip indicator light will flash while the TRAC/VSC systems are operating.

If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may

reduce power from the engine to the wheels. Pressing to turn

the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in order to free it. To turn the TRAC system off,

quickly press and release .

A message will be shown on the multi-information display.

Press again to turn the sys- tem back on.

When the TRAC/VSC systems are operating

Disabling the TRAC system

3034-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems

To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold for more than 3 seconds while the vehicle is stopped. The VSC off indicator light will come on and the message will be shown on the multi-information display.* *: On vehicles with PCS (Pre-Collision System), PCS will also be disabled

(only Pre-Collision warning is available). The PCS warning light will come on and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display. (P. 245)

Press again to turn the systems back on.

When the message is displayed on the multi-information display show-

ing that TRAC has been disabled even if has not been pressed

TRAC is temporary deactivated. If the information continues to show, contact your Toyota dealer.

Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC and hill-start assist control systems A sound may be heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal

is depressed repeatedly, when the engine is started or just after the vehicle begins to move. This sound does not indicate that a malfunction has occurred in any of these systems.

Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred. Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering. A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop. The brake pedal may pulsate slightly after the ABS is activated. The brake pedal may move down slightly after the ABS is activated.

Active Cornering Assist operation sounds and vibrations When the Active Cornering Assist is operated, operation sounds and vibra- tions may be generated from the brake system, but this is not a malfunction.

EPS operation sound When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.

304 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automati- cally re-enabled in the following situations: Vehicles without a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned to

the LOCK position Vehicles with a smart key system: When the engine switch is turned off

If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle speed increases If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will not occur when vehicle speed increases.

Operating conditions of Active Cornering Assist The system operates when the following occurs: TRAC/VSC can operate The driver is attempting to accelerate while turning The system detects that the vehicle is drifting to the outer side The brake pedal is released

Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the engine off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.

Operating conditions of hill-start assist control When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will operate: The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/

backward on an upward incline). The vehicle is stopped. The accelerator pedal is not depressed. The parking brake is not engaged.

Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations: The shift lever is shifted to P or N. The accelerator pedal is depressed. The parking brake is engaged. 2 seconds at maximum elapsed after the brake pedal is released.

3054-5. Using the driving support systems

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

The ABS does not operate effectively when The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as

excessively worn tires on a snow covered road). The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.

Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of nor- mal conditions The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicles stopping distance. Always maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the following situations: When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads When driving with tire chains When driving over bumps in the road When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces

TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slip- pery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating. Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be lost.

Active Cornering Assist does not operate effectively when Do not overly rely on Active Cornering Assist. Active Cornering Assist may

not operate effectively when accelerating down slopes or driving on slip- pery road surfaces.

When Active Cornering Assist frequently operates, Active Cornering Assist may temporarily stop operating to ensure proper operation of the brakes, TRAC and VSC.

Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may

not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice. Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the

vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may lead to an accident.

306 4-5. Using the driving support systems

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When the TRAC/VSC is activated The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.

When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road condi- tions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.

Replacing tires Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the recommended tire inflation pressure level. The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires are installed on the vehicle. Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or wheels.

Handling of tires and the suspension Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.

3074-6. Driving tips

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Winter driving tips

Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside tempera- tures. Engine oil Engine coolant Washer fluid

Have a service technician inspect the condition of the battery. Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire

chains for the front tires*. Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match the size of the tires.

*: Tire chains cannot be mounted on 18-inch tires.

Perform the following according to the driving conditions: Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.

Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.

To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan, remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in front of the windshield.

Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accu- mulated on the exterior lights, vehicles roof, chassis, around the tires or on the brakes.

Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before getting in the vehicle.

Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a man- ner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.

Preparation for winter

Before driving the vehicle

308 4-6. Driving tips

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road con- ditions.

Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, make sure to block the wheels. Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehi- cle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.

If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P*.

*: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

17-inch tires Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains. Chain size is regulated for each tire size. Side chain:

0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter 0.39 in. (10 mm) in width 1.18 in. (30 mm) in length

Cross chain: 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter 0.55 in. (14 mm) in width 0.98 in. (25 mm) in length

18-inch tires Tire chains cannot be mounted as the space between the tire and body is too narrow.

Snow tires should be used instead.

When driving the vehicle

When parking the vehicle

Selecting tire chains

3094-6. Driving tips

4

D riving

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on loca- tion and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing chains.

Tire chain installation Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains: Install and remove tire chains in a safe location. Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires. Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after

driving 1/4 1/2 mile (0.5 1.0 km). Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.

Regulations on the use of tire chains

310 4-6. Driving tips

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Driving with snow tires Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or serious injury. Use tires of the size specified. Maintain the recommended level of air pressure. Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of

snow tires being used. Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.

Driving with tire chains Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents. Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely, and may cause death or serious injury. Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being

used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower. Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes. Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting

operations that cause sudden engine braking. Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle con-

trol is maintained.

NOTICE

Repairing or replacing snow tires Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legiti- mate tire retailers. This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the opera- tion of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.

Fitting tire chains The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly when tire chains are fitted

311

5Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Air conditioning system ..... 312 Heated steering wheel/

seat heaters .................... 321 5-2. Using the interior lights

Interior lights list ................ 323 Interior lights ................. 324 Personal lights .............. 325

5-3. Using the storage features

List of storage features ..... 326 Glove box...................... 327 Console box.................. 327 Bottle holders................ 328 Cup holders .................. 329

Luggage compartment features........................... 330

5-4. Using the other interior features

Other interior features ....... 336 Sun visors ..................... 336 Vanity mirrors................ 336 Power outlet.................. 337 Assist grips ................... 338

312 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Air conditioning system

Adjusting the temperature setting Increases the temperature Decreases the temperature

If the indicator is turned

off, the system will blow ambient temperature air or heated air.

Air outlets are automatically selected and fan speed is automati- cally adjusted according to the set temperature setting.

Air conditioning controls

3135-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Fan speed setting Increases the fan speed Decreases the fan speed

Press to turn the fan off.

Change the airflow mode To change the airflow mode, move the airflow change knob upward or downward.

The air outlets used are changed each time the knob is operated. Air flows to the upper body. Air flows to the upper body and feet. Air flows to the feet. Air flows to the feet and the windshield defogger oper- ates.

314 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press .

The dehumidification function begins to operate. Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according to the temperature set- ting. Adjust the temperature setting.

To stop the operation, press .

Automatic mode indicator If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the auto- matic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for func- tions other than that operated is maintained.

Adjusting the temperature for driver and passenger seats sep- arately To turn on the dual control mode, perform any of the following pro- cedures:

Press .

Adjust the passengers side temperature setting. The indicator comes on when the dual control mode is on.

Using automatic mode

1

2

3

3155-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes

Press .

The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recir-

culated air mode (indicator on) each time is pressed.

Defogging the windshield Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side win- dows.

Press .

The dehumidification function operates and fan speed increases. Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the outside air mode if the recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.) To defog the windshield and the front side windows early, turn the air flow and temperature up.

To return to the previous mode, press again when the windshield is defogged.

Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove rain- drops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.

Press .

The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time. Windshield wiper de-icer (if equipped)

This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the wind- shield and wiper blades. Press .

The windshield wiper de-icer will automatically turn off after a period of time.

Other functions

316 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Climate control customization Climate control setting can be changed.

Press .

The air conditioning is controlled with low fuel consumption prioritized such as reducing fan speed, etc.

Location of air outlets The air outlets and air volume change according to the selected airflow mode. (P. 313)

Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out- lets

Direct air flow to the left or right, up or down. Turn the knob to open or close the vent.

Air outlets

3175-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Using automatic mode Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and the ambient conditions. Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow

immediately after is pressed.

Fogging up of the windows The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.

Turning on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield effectively.

If you turn off, the windows may fog up more easily.

The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used. When driving on dusty roads

Close all windows. If dust thrown up by the vehicle is still drawn into the vehi- cle after closing the windows, it is recommended that the air intake mode be set to outside air mode and the fan speed to any setting except off.

Outside/recirculated air mode Setting to the recirculated air mode temporarily is recommended in prevent-

ing dirty air from entering the vehicle interior and helping to cool the vehicle when the outside air temperature is high.

Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the temperature setting or the inside temperature.

Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to pri-

oritize fuel efficiency: Engine speed and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/

cooling capacity Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected

To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations: Adjust the fan speed Adjust the temperature setting Turn off Eco drive mode

Even when the drive mode is set to Eco drive mode, the air conditioning eco

mode can be turned off by pressing .

318 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the outside temperature exceeds 75F (24C) and the air condition- ing system is on In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air condition-

ing system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also reduce fuel consumption.

Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system).

It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing . When the outside temperature falls to nearly 32F (0C)

The dehumidification function may not operate even when is pressed.

Ventilation and air conditioning odors To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode. During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into

and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to be emitted from the vents.

To reduce potential odors from occurring: It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air

mode prior to turning the vehicle off. The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time

immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic mode.

Air conditioning filter P. 393

3195-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Air conditioning system refrigerant

The meaning of each symbol on the label are as follows:

Customization Settings (e.g. air conditioning setting) can be changed. (Customizable features P. 509)

A label regarding the refrigerant of the air conditioning system is attached to the hood at the location shown in the follow- ing illustration.

Caution

Air conditioning system

Air conditioning system lubricant type

Requires registered technician to service air conditioning system

Flammable refrigerant

320 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

To prevent the windshield from fogging up

Do not use during cool air operation in extremely humid weather. The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, block- ing your vision.

To prevent burns Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mir-

ror defoggers are on. Do not touch the glass at the lower part of the windshield or to the side of

the front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.

NOTICE

To prevent battery discharge Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the engine is stopped.

When repairing/replacing parts of the air conditioning system Have repair/replacement performed by your Toyota dealer. When a part of the air conditioning system, such as the evaporator, is to be replaced, it must be replaced with a new one.

Do not place anything on the instrument panel which may cover the air outlets. Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed, preventing the windshield defoggers from defogging.

3215-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Heated steering wheel/seat heaters

: If equipped

Seat heaters heat the front seats.

WARNING

Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories comes in contact with the steering wheel and seats when the heater is on: Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically chal-

lenged Persons with sensitive skin Persons who are fatigued Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping

drugs, cold remedies, etc.) Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating:

Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat heater.

Do not use seat heater more than necessary.

NOTICE

Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.

To prevent battery discharge, do not use the functions when the engine is not running.

322 5-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turns the heated steering wheel on/off

The indicator light comes on when the heated steering wheel is oper- ating.

Operation condition Vehicles without a smart key system The heated steering wheel can be used when the engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system The heated steering wheel can be used when the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

Each time the switch is pressed, the operation condition changes as follows. Hi (3 segments lit) Mid (2 seg- ments lit) Lo (1 segment lit) Off

The level indicator (amber) lights up during operation.

Operation condition Vehicles without a smart key system The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system The seat heaters can be used when the engine switch is in IGNITION ON mode.

Heated steering wheel

Seat heaters

3235-2. Using the interior lights

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Interior lights list

Vanity lights (if equipped) (P. 336) Front interior light/front personal lights (P. 324, 325) Rear interior light (P. 324) Engine switch light (vehicles with a smart key system) Glove box light (P. 327) Cup holder illumination (if equipped) Door trim lights (if equipped)

324 5-2. Using the interior lights

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Front Turns the door position on/off

Rear On Door position Operation is linked with the front interior light main switch. When the switch is off, the light does not illuminate. Off

Interior lights

3255-2. Using the interior lights

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Turns the lights on/off When the lights are on due to the door link switch, a light will not turn off even if its switch is pressed.

Illuminated entry system Vehicles without a smart key system When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights auto- matically turn on/off according to the engine switch position, whether the doors are locked/unlocked and whether the doors are open/closed. Vehicles with a smart key system When the interior light switch is in the door position, the interior lights and engine switch light automatically turn on/off according to engine switch mode, the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked and whether the doors are open/closed.

Outer mirror illumination (if equipped) The illumination automatically turns on according to the presence of the elec- tronic key (vehicles with a smart key system), or the doors are unlocked.

To prevent battery discharge The following lights will turn off automatically after 20 minutes: Front interior light/front personal lights Rear interior light Luggage compartment light Vanity lights (if equipped)

Customization Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed. (Customizable features: P. 510)

Personal lights

326 5-3. Using the storage features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

List of storage features

Glove box (P. 327) Bottle holders (P. 328)

Cup holders (P. 329) Console box (P. 327)

WARNING

Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high: Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact

with other stored items. Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other

stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release gas, causing a fire hazard.

When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the lids closed and trays clear. In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored inside.

3275-3. Using the storage features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Press the button to open the glove box.

The glove box light turns on when the tail lights are on.

Lift the lid while pulling up the knob.

Glove box

Console box

When closing the lid, pass the wire of the electronic device through the location indicated in the illustration. After closing the lid, check that the wiring of the device does not interfere with the lid.

328 5-3. Using the storage features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When storing a bottle, close the cap. The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.

Bottle holders

Front Rear

WARNING

Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking and cause injury.

NOTICE

Put the cap on before stowing a bottle. Do not place open bottles in the bot- tle holders, or glass or paper cups containing liquid. The contents may spill and glass cups may break.

3295-3. Using the storage features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cup holders

The rear cup holder can have the partition turned over, removed, and the depth changed.

WARNING

Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup hold- ers. Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or sudden braking, causing injury.

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns. Close the lid on drinks that are hot. Check that the item can be sustained by the internal support. Take care to not let the cup height exceed armrest height. Do not use the partition in the front cup holder as it is only for use with

the rear cup holder.

330 5-3. Using the storage features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Luggage compartment features

Cargo hooks are provided for securing loose items.

Cargo hooks

WARNING

To avoid injury, always return the cargo hooks to their positions when they are not in use.

Grocery bag hooks

NOTICE

Do not hang any object heavier than 4.4 lb. (2 kg) on the grocery bag hook.

3315-3. Using the storage features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Lift the deck mat tab and pull it toward you to remove it.

Auxiliary boxes

Side auxiliary boxes

332 5-3. Using the storage features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Hard type

Unhook the cords and return the luggage cover to horizontal position.

Type A

Pull it toward you and then lift the luggage cover to remove it.

Installation position Confirm that the cover has been securely installed to the original position when install- ing. Removal position

Type B

Lift the luggage cover and pull it toward you to remove it. Confirm that the cover has been securely installed to the original position when installing.

Luggage cover

1

2

2

3335-3. Using the storage features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Soft type Removing the luggage cover

Unhook the cords.

Unhook the hook to the hook brackets.

Stowing the luggage cover Hold the luggage cover with both hands. Point your thumbs in opposite direc- tions.

1

2

1

334 5-3. Using the storage features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Bend one side of the cover towards you.

Twist the other side in the opposite direction, as shown in the illustration.

Make a small circle, then fold it inward.

Make sure the three circles are side by side.

2

3

4

5

3355-3. Using the storage features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Make sure the luggage cover is properly folded.

6

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Do not place anything on the luggage cover. In the event of sudden brak-

ing or turning, the item may go flying and strike an occupant. Do not allow children to climb on the luggage cover. Climbing on the lug-

gage cover could result in damage to the luggage cover. Soft type luggage cover only: Be sure to properly fold the luggage cover.

Otherwise it could unexpectedly unfold. Soft type luggage cover only: Be sure to attach the cords correctly to pre-

vent the cover from flying off.

NOTICE

Soft type luggage cover only: Do not apply too much force when folding the luggage cover. Doing so may damage the luggage cover.

336 5-4. Using the other interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Other interior features

To set the visor in the forward position, flip it down. To set the visor in the side posi- tion, flip down, unhook, and swing it to the side. To use the side extender, place the visor in the side position, then slide it backward. (if equipped)

Slide the cover to open. The light turns on when the cover is opened. (if equipped)

Sun visors

Vanity mirrors

3375-4. Using the other interior features

5

Interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Please use as a power supply for electronic goods that use less than 12 VDC/10 A (power consumption of 120 W).

Lift the lid while pulling up the knob and open the console box.

Open the cover.

The power outlets can be used when Vehicles without a smart key system

The power outlet can be used when the engine switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Vehicles with a smart key system The power outlet can be used when the engine switch is in ACCESSORY or IGNITION ON mode.

When turning the engine switch off Disconnect electrical devices with charging functions, such as mobile battery packs. If such devices are left connected, the engine switch may not be turned off normally.

Power outlet

1

2

NOTICE

To avoid damaging the power outlet, close the power outlet cover when the power outlet is not in use. Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlet may cause a short circuit.

To prevent battery discharge, do not use the power outlet longer than nec- essary when the engine is off.

338 5-4. Using the other interior features

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

An assist grip installed on the ceil- ing can be used to support your body while sitting on the seat.

Assist grips

WARNING

Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from your seat.

NOTICE

To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a heavy load on the assist grip.

339

6Maintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

6-1. Maintenance and care Cleaning and protecting

the vehicle exterior.......... 340 Cleaning and protecting

the vehicle interior........... 344

6-2. Maintenance Maintenance

requirements................... 347 General maintenance........ 350 Emission inspection and

maintenance (I/M) programs......................... 354

6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Do-it-yourself service precautions ..................... 355

Hood ................................. 358 Positioning a floor jack ...... 360 Engine compartment......... 361 Tires .................................. 376 Tire inflation pressure ....... 386 Wheels .............................. 390 Air conditioning filter.......... 393 Wireless remote control/

electronic key battery...... 397 Checking and replacing

fuses ............................... 401 Headlight aim (vehicles

with front fog lights)......... 405 Light bulbs......................... 407

340 6-1. Maintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle exterior

Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt and dust.

Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a chamois.

For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly with water.

Wipe away any water. Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.

If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle body is cool.

Self-restoring coat (if equipped) The vehicle body has a self-restoring coating that is resistant to small surface scratches caused in a car wash, etc. The coating lasts for 5 to 8 years from when the vehicle is delivered from the

plant. The restoration time differs depending on the depth of the scratch and out-

side temperature. The restoration time may become shorter when the coating is warmed by applying warm water.

Deep scratches caused by keys, coins, etc., cannot be restored. Do not use wax that contain abrasives.

Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in prime condition:

3416-1. Maintenance and care

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic car washes Fold the mirrors before washing the vehicle. Start washing from the front of

the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors before driving. Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface,

parts (wheel, etc.) and harm your vehicles paint. Rear spoiler may not be washable in some automatic car washes. There

may also be an increased risk of damage to vehicle. High pressure car washes

As water may enter the cabin, do not bring the nozzle tip near the gaps around the doors or perimeter of the windows, or spray these areas continu- ously.

Note for a smart key system (if equipped) If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the fol- lowing correction procedures to wash the vehicle: Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle

while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)

Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key sys- tem. (P. 135)

Wheels and wheel ornaments (if equipped) Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent. Wash detergent off with water immediately after use. To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following pre-

cautions. Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent Do not use hard brushes Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driv-

ing or parking in hot weather Brake pads and calipers

Rust may form if the vehicle is parked with wet brake pads or disc rotors, causing them to stick. Before parking the vehicle after it is washed, drive slowly and apply the brakes several times to dry the parts.

Bumpers and side moldings Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.

Plated portions (if equipped) If dirt cannot be removed, clean the parts as follows: Use a soft cloth dampened with an approximately 5% solution of neutral

detergent and water to clean the dirt off. Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. To remove oily deposits, use alcohol wet wipes or a similar product.

342 6-1. Maintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When washing the vehicle Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may cause the electrical components, etc., to catch fire.

Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot. When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the exhaust pipe until it has cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.

Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor (if equipped) If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may mal- function. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.

NOTICE

To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and compo- nents (aluminum wheels, etc.) Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:

After driving near the sea coast After driving on salted roads If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the

paint surface After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,

iron powder or chemical substances If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface

If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately. To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place

with low humidity when storing the wheels.

3436-1. Maintenance and care

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Cleaning the exterior lights Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.

This may damage the surfaces of the lights. Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.

Wax may cause damage to the lenses. To prevent damage to the windshield wiper arms

When lifting the wiper arms away from the windshield, pull the driver side wiper arm upward first, and then the passenger side. When returning the wipers to their original position, do so from the passenger side first.

When using a high pressure car wash When washing the vehicle, do not let water of the high pressure washer hit

directly or the vicinity of the camera. Due to the shock from the high pres- sure water, it is possible the device may not operate as normal.

Do not spray water directly on the radar which is equipped behind the emblem. Otherwise it may cause the device to be damaged.

Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they come into contact with high-pressure water. Traction related parts Steering parts Suspension parts Brake parts

Keep the cleaning nozzle at least 11.9 in. (30 cm) away from the vehicle body. Otherwise resin section, such as moldings and bumpers, may be deformed and damaged. Also, do not continuously hold the nozzle in the same place.

Do not spray the lower part of the windshield continuously. If water enters the air conditioning system intake located near the lower part of the windshield, the air conditioning system may not operate cor- rectly.

Do not wash the underside of the vehicle using a high pressure car washer.

When raising the windshield wiper arms Make sure to hold the hook parts of the wiper arms to raise them. Do not hold only the wiper blades when raising them, or it may cause deformation of the wiper blades.

Hook parts

344 6-1. Maintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle interior

Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.

If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted to approximately 1%. Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off remaining traces of detergent and water.

Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with

diluted detergent. Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.

Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off all remaining traces of detergent.

Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.

Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted

to approximately 1%. Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off

remaining traces of detergent and water.

The following procedures will help protect your vehicles interior and keep it in top condition:

Protecting the vehicle interior

Cleaning the leather areas

Cleaning the synthetic leather areas

3456-1. Maintenance and care

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Caring for leather areas Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to maintain the quality of the vehicles interior.

Shampooing the carpets There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water. Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keep- ing the carpet as dry as possible.

Seat belts Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.

WARNING

Water in the vehicle Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle.

Doing so may cause electrical components, etc., to malfunction or catch fire.

Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet. (P. 36) An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function properly, resulting in death or serious injury.

Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel) Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect off the windshield, obstructing the drivers view and leading to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.

346 6-1. Maintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Cleaning detergents Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehi-

cle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces: Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,

alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alco-

hol Do not use a polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panels or other

interior parts painted surface may be damaged. Preventing damage to leather surfaces

Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of leather surfaces: Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately. Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.

Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer. Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the uphol-

stery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats up significantly.

Water on the floor Do not wash the vehicle floor with water. Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.

When cleaning the inside of the windshield Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens. (P. 225)

Cleaning the inside of the rear window Do not use a glass cleaner to clean the rear window, as this may cause

damage to the rear window defogger heater wires. Use a cloth dampened with lukewarm water to gently wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in strokes running parallel to the heater wires.

Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires.

3476-2. Maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Maintenance requirements

General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.

Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals according to the maintenance schedule.

For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the Sched- uled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual Supplement.

You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself. Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty coverage.

The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended. For details about warranty coverage, refer to the separate Owners War- ranty Information Booklet or Owners Manual Supplement.

To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and reg- ular maintenance are essential. It is the owners responsibility to perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following main- tenance:

General maintenance

Scheduled maintenance

Do-it-yourself maintenance

348 6-2. Maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Repair and replacement It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the war- ranty coverage.

Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance schedule, please reset the message. To reset the message, follow the procedure described below:

Switch the display to the trip meter A when the engine is running. (P. 97) Turn the engine switch off. Vehicles without a smart key system: While pressing the TRIP switch (P. 97), turn the engine switch to the ON position (do not start the engine because the reset mode will be can- celed). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip meter displays 00000. Vehicles with a smart key system: While pressing the TRIP switch (P. 97), turn the engine switch to the IGNITION ON mode (do not start the engine because the reset mode will be canceled). Continue to press and hold the switch until the trip meter dis- plays 00000.

Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with

the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations of all systems on your vehicle.

Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take care of it.

1

2

3

3496-2. Maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

If your vehicle is not properly maintained Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and possible death or serious injury.

Handling of the battery Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile

components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a well ventilated area.

Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Califor- nia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid exposure and wash any affected area immediately.

Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your hands after handling. (P. 369)

350 6-2. Maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

General maintenance

Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be performed at the intervals specified in the Owners Warranty Information Booklet or Owners Manual Supplement/Sched- uled Maintenance Guide. It is recommended that any problem you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota dealer or qualified service shop for advice.

Engine compartment

Items Check points

Battery Check the connections. (P. 369)

Brake fluid Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (P. 367)

Engine coolant Is the engine coolant at the correct level? (P. 365)

Engine oil Is the engine oil at the correct level? (P. 362)

Exhaust system There should not be any fumes or strange sounds.

Radiator/condenser The radiator and condenser should be free of for- eign objects. (P. 366)

Washer fluid Is there sufficient washer fluid? (P. 373)

3516-2. Maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle interior

Items Check points

Accelerator pedal The accelerator pedal should move smoothly (without uneven pedal effort or catching).

Continuously variable transmission Park mechanism

When parked on a slope and the shift lever is in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?

Brake pedal

Does the brake pedal move smoothly? Does the brake pedal have appropriate clear-

ance from the floor? (P. 481) Does the brake pedal have the correct

amount of free play? (P. 481)

Brakes

The vehicle should not pull to one side when the brakes are applied.

The brakes should work effectively. The brake pedal should not feel spongy. The brake pedal should not get too close to

the floor when the brakes are applied.

352 6-2. Maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Head restraints Do the head restraints move smoothly and lock securely?

Indicators/buzzers Do the indicators and buzzers function prop- erly?

Lights Do all of the lights come on?

Parking brake

Does the parking brake switch operate nor- mally?

When parked on a slope and the parking brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?

Seat belts Do the seat belts operate smoothly? The seat belts should not be damaged.

Seats Do the seat controls operate properly?

Steering wheel

Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly? Does the steering wheel have the correct

amount of free play? There should not be any strange sounds com-

ing from the steering wheel.

Items Check points

3536-2. Maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicle exterior

Items Check points

Doors Do the doors operate smoothly?

Engine hood Does the engine hood lock system work prop- erly?

Fluid leaks There should not be any signs of fluid leakage after the vehicle has been parked.

Tires

Is the tire inflation pressure correct? The tires should not be damaged or exces-

sively worn. Have the tires been rotated according to the

maintenance schedule? The wheel nuts should not be loose.

Windshield wipers/rear window wiper

The wiper blades should not show any signs of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or deformation.

The wiper blades should clear the windshield/ rear window without streaking or skipping.

WARNING

If the engine is running Turn the engine off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation before per- forming maintenance checks.

354 6-2. Maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M) programs

The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the vehicle.

When the battery is disconnected or discharged Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased. Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may not be completely set.

When the fuel tank cap is loose The malfunction indicator lamp illuminates, indicating a temporary malfunction, and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.

An OBD system error code will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times.

Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.

Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system monitors the operation of the emission control system.

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on

Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:

When the malfunction indicator lamp remains on after several driving trips

If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test

3556-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Do-it-yourself service precautions

If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the correct procedure as given in these sections.

Items Parts and tools

Battery condition (P. 369)

Warm water Baking soda Grease Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)

Brake fluid level (P. 367)

FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703; FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704 brake fluid

Rag or paper towel Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)

Engine coolant level (P. 365)

Toyota Super Long Life Coolant or a similar high quality ethylene glycol-based non-silicate, non- amine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with long- life hybrid organic acid technology For the U.S.A.: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is pre-mixed with 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. For Canada: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is pre-mixed with 55% coolant and 45% deionized water.

Funnel (used only for adding engine coolant)

Engine oil level (P. 362)

Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent Rag or paper towel Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)

Fuses (P. 401) Fuse with same amperage rating as original

356 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Light bulbs (P. 407)

Bulb with same number and wattage rating as origi- nal

Phillips-head screwdriver Flathead screwdriver Wrench

Radiator and con- denser (P. 366)

Tire inflation pressure (P. 386)

Tire pressure gauge

Compressed air source

Washer fluid (P. 373)

Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for win- ter use)

Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)

WARNING

The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death or serious injury, observe the following precautions. When working on the engine compartment

Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fan and engine drive belt.

Be careful not to touch the engine, radiator, exhaust manifold, etc., right after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids may also be hot.

Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the engine compartment.

Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel or the bat- tery. Fuel and battery fumes are flammable.

Be extremely cautious when working on the battery. It contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.

Items Parts and tools

3576-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When working near the electric cooling fan or radiator grille Vehicles without a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in the ON position, the electric cooling fan may automat- ically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (P. 366) Vehicles with a smart key system: Be sure the engine switch is off. With the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode, the electric cooling fan may automat- ically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature is high. (P. 366)

Safety glasses Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc., from getting in your eyes.

NOTICE

If you remove the air cleaner filter Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear due to dirt in the air.

358 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Hood

Pull the hood lock release lever. The hood will pop up slightly.

Move the auxiliary catch lever to side direction and lift the hood.

Hold the hood open by inserting the support rod into the slot.

Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.

1

2

3

3596-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Pre-driving check Check that the hood is fully closed and locked. If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.

After installing the support rod into the slot Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling down onto your head or body.

NOTICE

When closing the hood Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing the hood without returning the support rod properly could cause the hood to bend.

360 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Positioning a floor jack

Front

Rear

When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual provided with the jack and perform the operation safely. When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack cor- rectly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause injury.

3616-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Engine compartment

Washer fluid tank (P. 373) Engine coolant reservoir

(P. 365) Fuse boxes (P. 401) Engine oil filler cap

(P. 363) Engine oil level dipstick

(P. 362)

Battery (P. 369) Brake fluid reservoir

(P. 367) Electric cooling fan Condenser (P. 366) Radiator (P. 366)

362 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil level on the dipstick. Checking the engine oil

Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine and turning it off, wait more than 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine. Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out.

Wipe the dipstick clean. Reinsert the dipstick fully with its protruding area ( in the illustration) pointing towards the engine.

Holding a rag under the end, pull the dipstick out and check the oil level.

Low Normal Excessive The shape of the dipstick may differ depending on the type of vehicle or engine.

Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.

Engine oil

1

2

3

4

5

6

3636-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Adding engine oil If the oil level is below or near the low level mark, add engine oil of the same type as that already in the engine.

Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed before adding oil.

Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise. Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick. Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.

Engine oil consumption A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be refilled in between oil maintenance intervals. When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or

after replacing the engine If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, or when driving

while accelerating or decelerating frequently When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently

through heavy traffic

Engine oil selection P. 479

Oil quantity (Low Full) 1.6 qt. (1.5 L, 1.3 Imp.qt.)

Items Clean funnel

1

2

3

364 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Used engine oil Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may

cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.

Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the ground. Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information concerning recycling or disposal.

Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.

NOTICE

To prevent serious engine damage Check the oil level on a regular basis.

When replacing the engine oil Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components. Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged. Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle. Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.

3656-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the FULL and LOW lines on the reservoir when the engine is cold.

Reservoir cap FULL line LOW line If the level is on or below the LOW line, add coolant up to the FULL line.

Coolant selection Only use Toyota Super Long Life Coolant or a similar high quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology. For the U.S.A.: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is a mixture of 50% cool-

ant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31F [-35C])

For Canada: Toyota Super Long Life Coolant is a mixture of 55% cool- ant and 45% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -44F [-42C])

For more details about engine coolant, contact your Toyota dealer. If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing

Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine coolant reservoir caps, drain cock and water pump. If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for leaks in the cooling system.

Engine coolant

366 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects. If either of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of their condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

WARNING

When the engine is hot Do not remove the engine coolant reservoir cap. The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.

NOTICE

When adding coolant Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.

If you spill coolant Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.

Radiator and condenser

WARNING

When the engine is hot Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause seri- ous injuries, such as burns.

3676-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Checking fluid level The brake fluid level should be between the MAX and MIN lines on the tank.

Adding fluid Slide and lift up the rubber strip to partly remove it as shown.

Disconnect the claws and remove the service cover.

Remove the reservoir cap.

Brake fluid

1

2

3

368 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Add brake fluid slowly while checking the fluid level. Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.

Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking effi- ciency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.

4

Fluid type FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703; FMVSS No.116 DOT 4 or SAE J1704 brake fluid

Item Clean funnel

WARNING

When filling the reservoir Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage painted surfaces. If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean water immediately. If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.

NOTICE

If the fluid level is low or high It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high. However, if the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem. Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as pos- sible.

3696-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Check the battery as follows. Battery exterior

Make sure that the battery terminals are not corroded and that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.

Terminals Hold-down clamp

Checking battery fluid If there are lines on the side of the battery: Check that the level is between the upper and lower lines.

Upper line Lower line If the fluid level is at or below the lower line, add distilled water.

Battery

370 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If there are not lines on the side of the battery: Check the fluid level as follows.

Remove the vent plug. Check the fluid level by look- ing directly at the cell. If the fluid level is low, add dis- tilled water.

Put the vent plug back on and close it securely. Adding distilled water

Remove the vent plug. Add distilled water. Put the vent plug back on and close it securely.

1

Low O.K.2

3

1

2

3

3716-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Before recharging When recharging, the battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Therefore, observe the following before recharging: If recharging with the battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect

the ground cable. Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and dis-

connecting the charger cables to the battery. After recharging/reconnecting the battery (vehicles with a smart key sys-

tem) The engine may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the sys-

tem. Shift the shift lever to P. Open and close any of the doors. Restart the engine.

Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible imme- diately after reconnecting the battery. If this happens, use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.

Start the engine with the engine switch in ACCESSORY mode. The engine may not start with the engine switch turned off. However, the engine will operate normally from the second attempt.

The engine switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the battery is recon- nected, the vehicle will return the engine switch mode to the status it was in before the battery was disconnected. Make sure to turn off the engine switch before disconnecting the battery. Take extra care when connecting the bat- tery if the engine switch mode prior to discharge is unknown.

If the system will not start even after multiple attempts at all methods above, contact your Toyota dealer.

1

2

3

372 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Chemicals in the battery Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or near the battery: Do not cause sparks by touching the battery terminals with tools. Do not smoke or light a match near the battery. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes. Never inhale or swallow electrolyte. Wear protective safety glasses when working near the battery. Keep children away from the battery.

Where to safely charge the battery Always charge the battery in an open area. Do not charge the battery in a garage or closed room where there is insufficient ventilation.

Emergency measures regarding electrolyte If electrolyte gets in your eyes

Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi- ate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.

If electrolyte gets on your skin Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical attention immediately.

If electrolyte gets on your clothes It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the cloth- ing and follow the procedure above if necessary.

If you accidentally swallow electrolyte Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention immediately.

When there is insufficient battery fluid Do not use if there is insufficient fluid in the battery. There is a possible dan- ger that the battery may explode.

3736-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Add washer fluid in the following situations: A washer does not work. The warning message appears

on the multi-information display (if equipped).

NOTICE

When recharging the battery Never recharge the battery while the engine is running. Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.

When adding distilled water Avoid overfilling. Water spilled during battery recharging may cause corro- sion.

Washer fluid

374 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The washer fluid level is extremely low (type A) or at LOW (type B).

Type A Raise the cap keeping your finger pressed down on the hole in the center and check the fluid level in the tube.

Type B

Using the gauge (type B) The washer fluid level can be checked by observing the position of the level on the liquid-covered holes in the gauge. If the level falls below the second hole from the bottom (the LOW position), refill the washer fluid.

Current fluid level

3756-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When adding washer fluid Do not add washer fluid when the engine is hot or running as washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.

NOTICE

Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid. Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicles painted surfaces, as well as damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.

Diluting washer fluid Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary. Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bot- tle.

376 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tires

Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the tread. Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.

New tread Worn tread Treadwear indicator The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a TWI or mark, etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire. Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.

Rotate the tires in the order shown. To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.

Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance sched- ules and treadwear.

Checking tires

Tire rotation

Front

3776-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire infla- tion pressure before serious problems arise. If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is warned by a warning light. (P. 437)

Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters

When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must also be installed. When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. Have tire pressure warning valves and transmitter ID codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (P. 379)

Initializing the tire pressure warning system

When the tire size is changed, the tire pressure warning system must be initialized. When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.

Tire pressure warning system

378 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

How to initialize the tire pressure warning system Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine switch to the LOCK position (vehicles without a smart key system) or off (vehicles with a smart key system). Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. (P. 482) Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire infla- tion pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate based on this pressure level. Turn the engine switch to the ON position (vehicles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system). Press or of the meter control switch to select . (P. 100)

Press or of the meter control switch to select the Vehicle

Settings and then press to display the menu.

Press or of the meter control switch to select

and then press

.

Press or of the meter control switch to select SET and then press and hold . When initialization completes, a message is displayed on the multi-information display and the tire pressure warning light will blink 3 times.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

3796-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Registering ID codes

The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code registered by your Toyota dealer.

When to replace your vehicles tires Tires should be replaced if: The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire. You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to

expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size

or location of a cut or other damage If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.

Replacing tires and wheels If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not reg- istered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driv- ing for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1 minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.

Tire life Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even if it has seldom or never been use, or damage is not obvious.

Routine tire inflation pressure checks The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of your routine of daily vehicle checks.

380 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Maximum load of tire Check that the maximum load of the replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.

Tire types Summer tires

Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When install- ing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.

All season tires All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance com- pared with summer tires in highway driving.

Snow tires For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, con- struction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires should be installed on all wheels. (P. 307)

If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm) The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.

For the GAWR, see the Certification Label. For the maximum load of the tire, see the load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure mentioned on the sidewall of the tire. (P. 487)

3816-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper- ate properly In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate

properly. If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used. A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equip-

ment) tire. A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size. Tire chains, etc., are equipped. An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped. If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed. If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the

wheels or wheel housings. If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified

level. If wheels without the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters

are used. If the ID code on the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters is

not registered in the tire pressure warning computer. Performance may be affected in the following situations.

Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical noise.

When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other wireless communication device.

When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go off could be extended.

When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has burst, the warning may not function.

382 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The initialization operation Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-

sure. Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire inflation pressure adjustment.

If you have accidentally turned the engine switch off during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch again as initialization will restart automatically when the engine switch to the ON position (vehi- cles without a smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with a smart key system) for the next time.

If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not neces- sary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.

Warning performance of the tire pressure warning system The warning of the tire pressure warning system will change in accor- dance with driving conditions. For this reason, the system may give a warning even if the tire pressure does not reach a low enough level, or if the pressure is higher than the pressure that was adjusted to when the system was initialized.

When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not oper- ate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. When operating the initialization of the system, the tire pressure warning

light does not blink 3 times and the setting message does not appear on the multi-information display.

After driving for a certain period of time since the initialization has been completed, the warning light comes on after blinking for 1 minute.

3836-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tire pressure warning system certification For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.

For vehicles sold in Canada

384 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When inspecting or replacing tires Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents. Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.

Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear. Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota. Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply

tires). Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires. Do not use tires that have been used on another vehicle.

Do not use tires if you do not know how they were used previously. Do not tow if your vehicle has a compact spare tire installed.

When initializing the tire pressure warning system Do not initialize tire pressure warning system without first adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is actually normal.

3856-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves, transmitters and tire valve caps When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning

valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pres- sure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled correctly.

Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the tire pressure warning valves could be bound.

When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than those specified. The cap may become stuck.

To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 377)

Driving on rough roads Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or pot- holes. These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicles wheels and body.

If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.

386 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tire inflation pressure

The recommended cold tire infla- tion pressure and tire size are dis- played on the tire and loading information label. (P. 482)

Tire inflation pressure

3876-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tire valve Tire pressure gauge

Remove the tire valve cap. Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve. Read the pressure using the gauge gradations. If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust the pressure. If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate. After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage. Put the tire valve cap back on.

Inspection and adjustment procedure

1

2

3

4

5

6

388 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tire inflation pressure check interval You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once a month. Do not forget to check the spare.

Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following: Reduced fuel economy Reduced driving comfort and poor handling Reduced tire life due to wear Reduced safety Damage to the drivetrain If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following: Check only when the tires are cold.

If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire inflation pressure reading.

Always use a tire pressure gauge. It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appear- ance.

It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after driving.

Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight. Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is balanced.

3896-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance Keep your tires properly inflated. If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury: Excessive wear Uneven wear Poor handling Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires Air leaking from between tire and wheel Wheel deformation and/or tire damage Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,

expansion joints, sharp edges in the road, etc.)

NOTICE

When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on. If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.

390 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Wheels

When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and inset*. Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer. *: Conventionally referred to as offset. Toyota does not recommend using the following: Wheels of different sizes or types Used wheels Bent wheels that have been straightened

Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with your aluminum wheels.

When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).

Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire chains.

Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plas- tic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.

When replacing wheels The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure. Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and trans- mitters must be installed. (P. 377)

If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or cause a loss of handling control.

Wheel selection

Aluminum wheel precautions (if equipped)

3916-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When replacing wheels Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in

the Owners Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control. Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a

tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or seri- ous injury.

When installing the wheel nuts Be sure to install the wheel nuts with the tapered ends facing inward.

(P. 456) Installing the nuts with the tapered ends facing outward can cause the wheel to break and eventually cause the wheel to come off while driving, which could lead to an accident resulting in death or seri- ous injury.

Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts. Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened, leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.

Use of defective wheels prohibited Do not use cracked or deformed wheels. Doing so could cause the tire to leak air during driving, possibly causing an accident.

392 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-

ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your Toyota dealer.

Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle. Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly with non-genuine wheels.

3936-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Air conditioning filter

Turn the engine switch off. Open the glove box. Slide off the damper.

Push in each side of the glove box to disconnect the claws, and then slowly and fully open the glove box while supporting it.

The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain air conditioning efficiency.

Removal method 1

2

3

394 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

With the glove box fully open, slightly lift up the glove box and pull toward the seat to detach the bottom of the glove box. Do not use excessive force if the glove box does not detach when lightly pulled. Instead, pull toward the seat while slightly adjusting the height of the glove box.

Type A

Remove the filter cover.

Remove the air conditioning fil- ter and replace it with a new one. The UP marks shown on the fil- ter should be pointing up.

When installing, reverse the steps listed.

4

5

6

7

3956-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Type B

Remove the filter cover. Unlock the filter cover. Move the filter cover in the direction of the arrow, and then pull it out of the claws.

Remove the filter case.

Remove the air conditioning fil- ter from the filter case and replace it with a new one. The UP marks shown on the fil- ter should be pointing up.

When installing, reverse the steps listed.

5

6

7

8

396 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Checking interval Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the Schedule maintenance guide or Owners Manual Supplement.)

If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.

NOTICE

When using the air conditioning system Make sure that a filter is always installed. Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the system.

When removing the glove box Always follow the specified procedure to remove the glove box (P. 393). If the glove box is removed without following the specified procedure, the hinge of the glove box may become damaged.

To prevent damage to the filter cover When moving the filter cover in the direc- tion of arrow to release the fitting, pay attention not to apply excessive force to the claws. Otherwise, the claws may be damaged.

3976-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Wireless remote control/electronic key bat- tery

Flathead screwdriver Small flathead screwdriver Lithium battery CR2032

Vehicles without a smart key system

Remove the cover. To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.

Remove the battery cover. If the battery cover is difficult to remove, lift the edge to remove it.

Remove the depleted battery using a small flathead screw- driver. Insert a new battery with the + terminal facing up.

Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.

You will need the following items:

Replacing the battery

1

2

3

398 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Install the battery cover with the tab facing up. Push the entire edge of the battery cover into the key.

Install the key cover. Align the key cover with the key and then press it straight into the key. Make sure that the key cover is securely installed without any gaps between it and the key.

Vehicles with a smart key system

Release the lock and take out the mechanical key.

Remove the cover. Use an appropriate sized flathead screwdriver. Forceful prying may deform the cover. To prevent damage to the key, cover the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.

4

5

1

2

3996-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Remove the depleted battery. When removing the cover, if the battery cannot be seen due to the electronic key module attaching to the upper cover, remove the elec- tronic key module from the cover so that the battery is visible as shown in the illustration. Use an appropriate sized flathead screwdriver when removing the battery. Insert a new battery with the + terminal facing up. When installing, reverse the steps listed.

Use a CR2032 lithium battery Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance

shops or camera stores. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manu-

facturer. Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.

If the key battery is depleted The following symptoms may occur: The smart key system (if equipped) and wireless remote control will not

function properly. The operational range will be reduced.

3

4

400 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Battery precautions Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. Do not swallow the battery. Doing so may cause chemical burns. A coin battery or button battery is used in the wireless remote control key

(vehicles without a smart key system) or electronic key (vehicles with a smart key system). If a battery is swallowed, it may cause severe chemical burns in as little as 2 hours and may result in death or serious injury.

Keep away new and removed batteries from children. If the cover cannot be firmly closed, stop using the wireless remote control

key (vehicles without a smart key system) or electronic key (vehicles with a smart key system) and stow the key in the place where children cannot reach, and then contact your Toyota dealer.

If you accidentally swallow a battery or put a battery into a part of your body, get emergency medical attention immediately.

To prevent battery explosion or leakage of flammable liquid or gas Replace the battery with a new battery of the same type. If a wrong type of

battery is used, it may explode. Do not expose batteries to extremely low pressure due to high altitude or

extremely high temperatures. Do not burn, break or cut a battery.

NOTICE

For normal operation after replacing the battery Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents: Always work with dry hands.

Moisture may cause the battery to rust. Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control. Do not bend either of the battery terminals.

4016-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Checking and replacing fuses

Turn the engine switch off. Open the fuse box cover.

Engine compartment type A fuse box

While pushing the 2 claws, lift up the cover. When closing the cover, make sure to attach the 2 claws.

Engine compartment type B fuse box

While pushing the 3 claws, lift up the cover. When closing the cover, make sure to attach the 3 claws.

Engine compartment type C fuse box

While pushing the 2 claws, lift up the cover. When closing the cover, make sure to attach the 2 claws.

If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as nec- essary.

1

2

402 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Left side instrument panel

Remove the lid. Make sure to press the claw during removal or installation.

Remove the fuse with the pull- out tool. Only type A fuses can be removed using the pullout tool.

3

4036-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Check if the fuse is blown. Normal fuse Blown fuse

Except for type E: Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rat- ing. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid. Type E: Contact your Toyota dealer.

4

Type A Type B

Type C Type D

Type E

404 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

After a fuse is replaced If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may

need replacement. (P. 407) If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota

dealer. If there is an overload in a circuit

The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage. When replacing light bulbs

Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be unusable.

WARNING

To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or injury. Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use

any other object in place of a fuse. Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.

Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix. Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.

NOTICE

Before replacing fuses Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

4056-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Headlight aim (vehicles with front fog lights)

Adjustment bolt A Adjustment bolt B

Make sure the vehicle has a full tank of gasoline and the area around the headlight is not deformed. Park the vehicle on level ground. Sit in the drivers seat. Bounce the vehicle several times.

Vertical movement adjusting bolts

Before checking the headlight aim 1

2

3

4

406 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Using a Phillips-head screw- driver, turn bolt A in either direc- tion. Remember the turning direction and the number of turns.

Turn bolt B the same number of turns and in the same direction as step . If the headlight cannot be adjusted using this procedure, take the vehi- cle to your Toyota dealer to adjust the headlight aim.

Adjusting the headlight aim 1

2

1

4076-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Light bulbs

Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (P. 483)

Front

Front turn signal lights (bulb type) Front side marker lights (bulb type) Side turn signal lights

You may replace the following bulbs yourself. The difficulty level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your Toyota dealer. For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact your Toyota dealer.

Preparing for light bulb replacement

Bulb locations

408 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Rear

Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal lights Back-up lights License plate lights

4096-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Front side marker lights (bulb type) Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.

Remove the light bulb.

When installing, reverse the steps listed. Front turn signal lights (bulb type)

Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.

Remove the light bulb.

When installing, reverse the steps listed.

Replacing light bulbs

1

2

3

1

2

3

410 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Rear turn signal lights and rear side marker lights Open the back door and remove the cover. To prevent damaging the vehi- cle, wrap the flathead screw- driver with a tape.

Remove the 2 screws and pull the light unit toward the rear of the vehicle to remove it.

Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.

Rear turn signal lights Rear side marker lights

Remove the light bulb. Rear turn signal lights Rear side marker lights

When installing the light bulb, install by conducting and with the directions reversed.

1

2

3

4

5 3 4

4116-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Install the lamp assembly.

Align the guide ( ) and pins ( ) on the lamp assembly with the mounting when installing it.

Install the 2 screws.

Install the cover.

6

7

8

412 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Back-up lights Open the back door and remove the cover. To prevent damaging the vehi- cle, wrap the flathead screw- driver with a tape.

Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.

Remove the light bulb.

When installing, reverse the steps listed.

1

2

3

4

4136-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

License plate lights Open the back door and remove the cover. To prevent damaging the vehi- cle, wrap the flathead screw- driver with a tape.

Turn the bulb base counter- clockwise.

Remove the light bulb.

When installing, reverse the steps listed.

1

2

3

4

414 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Side turn signal lights Insert a flathead screwdriver and release the claw for the outside rear view mirror cover. To prevent damaging the vehi- cle, wrap the flathead screw- driver with a tape.

Release the cover claws spanning over the entire perimeter.

Release the claw of the bot- tom part of the cover and then remove the cover.

1

Claw

2

3

4156-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Insert a flathead screwdriver and remove the lens to the outside.

Remove the socket from the side turn signal light housing.

Remove the bulb.

Replace the bulb and install the socket to the side turn signal light housing. Align the grooves of the socket to the side turn signal light hous- ing.

4

5

6

7

416 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Install the lens. Insert the claw of the lens. Attach the lens.

Arrange the wire harness on the back side of the lens.

Insert the claw of the cover.

Attach the claw on the bot- tom part of the cover.

8

9

10

4176-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Attach the cover claws span- ning over the entire perime- ter. Finally, confirm that the outside claw is securely fitted.

Replacing the following bulbs If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by your Toyota dealer. Headlights Parking lights/daytime running lights Front turn signal lights (vehicles with LED type) Front side marker lights (vehicles with LED type) Front fog lights Stop/tail lights High mounted stoplight Outer mirror illumination (if equipped)

11

418 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

LED light bulbs The following lights consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs burns out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced. Headlights Parking lights/daytime running lights Front turn signal lights (vehicles with LED type) Front side marker lights (vehicles with LED type) Front fog lights Stop/tail lights High mounted stoplight Outer mirror illumination (if equipped)

Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not indicate a malfunction. Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations: Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens. Water has built up inside the headlight.

When replacing light bulbs P. 404

4196-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

6

M aintenance and care

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Replacing light bulbs Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after

turning off the lights. The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.

Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb. Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.

Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.

Do not attempt to repair or disassemble light bulbs, connectors, electric circuits or component parts. Doing so may result in death or serious injury due to electric shock.

To prevent damage or fire Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked. Check the wattage of the bulb before installing to prevent heat damage.

420 6-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

421

7When trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7-1. Essential information Emergency flashers .......... 422 If your vehicle has to be

stopped in an emergency ................. 423

If the vehicle is submerged or water on the road is rising ............................... 425

7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If your vehicle needs to be towed .............................. 426

If you think something is wrong......... 432

Fuel pump shut off system ............................ 433

If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds ............................ 434

If a warning message is displayed......................... 444

If you have a flat tire.......... 449 If the engine will not

start ................................. 460 If the electronic key does not

operate properly (vehicles with a smart key system)........... 462

If the vehicle battery is discharged ...................... 465

If your vehicle overheats ... 470 If the vehicle becomes

stuck ............................... 473

422 7-1. Essential information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Emergency flashers

Press the switch. All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn them off, press the switch once again.

Emergency flashers If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the engine is not operating, the battery may discharge.

The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the vehicle has to be stopped in the road due to a breakdown, etc.

4237-1. Essential information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

If your vehicle has to be stopped in an emergency

Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it. Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort required to slow the vehicle. Shift the shift lever to N.

If the shift lever is shifted to N After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road. Stop the engine.

If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle speed as much as possible.

Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the follow- ing procedure:

1

2

3

4

3

424 7-1. Essential information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles without a smart key system: Stop the engine by turning the engine switch to the ACC position.

Vehicles with a smart key sys- tem: To stop the engine, press and hold the engine switch for 2 consecutive seconds or more, or press it briefly 3 times or more in succession.

Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.

4

Press and hold for 2 seconds or more, or press briefly 3 times or more

4

WARNING

If the engine has to be turned off while driving Power assist for the brakes and steering wheel will be lost, making the

brake pedal harder to depress and the steering wheel heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the engine.

Vehicles without a smart key system: Never attempt to remove the key, as doing so will lock the steering wheel.

5

4257-1. Essential information

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

If the vehicle is submerged or water on the road is rising

If the door can be opened, open the door and exit the vehicle. If the door can not be opened, open the window using the power

window switch and ensure an escape route. If the window can be opened, exit the vehicle through the window. If the door and window cannot be opened due to the rising water,

remain calm, wait until the water level inside the vehicle rises to the point that the water pressure inside of the vehicle equals the water pressure outside of the vehicle and then open the door after waiting for the rising water to enter the vehicle, and exit the vehicle. When the outside water level exceeds half the height of the door, the door cannot be opened from the inside due to water pressure.

Water level exceeds the floor When the water level exceeds the floor and time has passed, the electrical equipment will get damaged, the power windows will not operate, the engine stop, and the vehicle may not be able to get moving.

Using an emergency escape hammer* Laminated glass is used in the windshield on this vehicle. Laminated glass cannot be shattered with an emergency hammer*. Tempered glass is used in the windows on this vehicle. *: Contact your Toyota dealer or aftermarket accessory manufacturer for fur-

ther information about an emergency hammer.

This vehicle is not designed to be able to drive on roads that are deeply flooded with water. Do not drive on roads where the roads may be submerged or the water may be rising. It is dan- gerous to remain in the vehicle, if it anticipated that the vehicle will be flooded or set a drift. Remain calm and follow the follow- ing.

WARNING

Caution while driving Do not drive on roads where the roads may be submerged or the water may be rising. Otherwise the vehicle may be damaged and cannot move, as well as become flooded and set a drift, which may lead to death.

426 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If your vehicle needs to be towed

The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing. The engine is running but the vehicle does not move. The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.

If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service, using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck. Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/ provincial and local laws.

Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing

Towing with a wheel-lift type truck

From the front From the rear

Release the parking brake. Turn automatic mode off. (P. 196)

Use a towing dolly under the front wheels.

4277-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When using a flat-bed truck to transport the vehicle, use tire strapping belts. Refer to the owners manual of the flat-bed truck for the tire strapping method. Vehicles without a smart key system: In order to suppress vehicle movement during transportation, set the parking brake and turn the engine switch to the LOCK position. Vehicles with a smart key system: In order to suppress vehicle move- ment during transportation, set the parking brake and turn the engine switch off.

If a tow truck is not available in an emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using cables or chains secured to the emergency towing eyelets. This should only be attempted on hard surfaced roads for at most 50 miles (80 km) at under 18 mph (30 km/h). A driver must be in the vehicle to steer and operate the brakes. The vehicles wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering and brakes must be in good condition.

Using a flatbed truck

Emergency towing

428 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

To have your vehicle towed by another vehicle, the towing eyelet must be installed to your vehicle. Install the towing eyelet using the follow- ing procedure.

Take out the wheel nut wrench and towing eyelet. (P. 450) Remove the eyelet cover using a flathead screwdriver. To protect the bodywork, place a rag between the screwdriver and the vehicle body as shown in the illustration.

Insert the towing eyelet into the hole and tighten partially by hand.

Tighten down the towing eyelet securely using a wheel nut wrench or hard metal bar.

Emergency towing procedure

1

2

3

4

4297-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Securely attach cables or chains to the towing eyelet. Take care not to damage the vehicle body. Vehicles without a smart key system: Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine. If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to the ON position. Vehicles with a smart key system: Enter the vehicle being towed and start the engine. If the engine does not start, turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode. Shift the shift lever to N and release the parking brake. Turn automatic mode off. (P. 196) When the shift lever cannot be shifted: P. 193

While towing If the engine is not running, the power assist for the brakes and steering will not function, making steering and braking more difficult.

Wheel nut wrench Wheel nut wrench is installed in the luggage compartment. (P. 450)

5

6

7

430 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury. When towing the vehicle

While towing When towing using cables or chains, avoid sudden starts, etc., which

place excessive stress on the towing eyelets, cables or chains. The towing eyelets, cables or chains may become damaged, broken debris may hit people, and cause serious damage.

Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not turn the engine switch to the LOCK position. There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper- ated.

Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not turn the engine switch off. There is a possibility that the steering wheel is locked and cannot be oper- ated.

Installing towing eyelets to the vehicle Make sure that towing eyelets are installed securely. If not securely installed, towing eyelets may come loose during towing.

Be sure to transport the vehicle with the front wheels raised or with all four wheels raised off the ground. If the vehicle is towed with the front wheels contacting the ground, the drivetrain and related parts may be damaged.

4317-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Towing with a sling-type truck

To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type truck Vehicles without a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear

when the engine switch is in the LOCK position or the key is removed. The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.

Vehicles with a smart key system: Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the engine switch is off. The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels straight.

When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the vehicle could be damaged while being towed.

To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.

To prevent damage to the vehicle during emergency towing Do not secure cables or chains to the suspension components.

Do not tow with a sling-type truck to pre- vent body damage.

432 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If you think something is wrong

Fluid leaks under the vehicle. (Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)

Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher

than normal.

Changes in exhaust sound Excessive tire squeal when cornering Strange noises related to the suspension system Pinging or other noises related to the engine

Engine misses, stumbling or running roughly Appreciable loss of power Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches

the floor

If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle proba- bly needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

Visible symptoms

Audible symptoms

Operational symptoms

4337-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

Fuel pump shut off system

Follow the procedure below to restart the engine after the system is activated. Vehicles without a smart key system

Turn the engine switch to the ACC or LOCK position. Restart the engine.

Vehicles with a smart key system Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode or turn it off. Restart the engine.

To minimize the risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls or when an airbag inflates upon collision, the fuel pump shut off system stops the supply of fuel to the engine.

NOTICE

Before starting the engine Inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that fuel has leaked onto the ground, the fuel system has been damaged and is in need of repair. Do not restart the engine.

1

2

1

2

434 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a warning light turns on or a warning buzzer sounds

Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

Warning light and warning buzzer list

Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions

(U.S.A.)

(Red) (Canada)

Brake system warning light (warning buzzer) Indicates that: Low brake fluid; or The brake system is malfunctioning.

Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.

*1

Low engine oil pressure warning light (warning buzzer) Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure The warning light may come on if the engine oil pressure is too low. A buzzer also sounds.

Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.

*1 Charging system warning light Indicates a malfunction in the vehicles charging system

Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and con- tact your Toyota dealer

4357-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

Malfunction indicator lamp (warning buzzer) Indicates a malfunction in: The electronic engine control system; The electronic throttle control system; or The electronic continuously variable transmission.

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

SRS warning light Indicates a malfunction in: The SRS airbag system; or The seat belt pretensioner system.

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

ABS warning light Indicates a malfunction in: The ABS; or The brake assist system.

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

(Red/yellow)

Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)

Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steer- ing) system

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

(Flashes)

RCTA OFF indicator (if equipped) When a buzzer sounds: Indicates a malfunction in the RCTA (Rear Crossing Traffic Alert) function

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

When a buzzer does not sound: Indicates that the rear bumper around the radar sensor is covered with dirt, etc. (P. 286)

Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. (P. 293)

Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions

436 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Slip indicator Indicates a malfunction in: The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system; The TRAC (Traction Control) system; or The hill-start assist control system. The light will flash when the VSC or the TRAC is operat- ing. (P. 302)

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

(Yellow)

Brake system warning light Indicates a malfunction in the electric parking brake

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

*1

(Flashes)

Brake hold operated indicator Indicates a malfunction in the brake hold system

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

*1

(Orange)

LTA indicator (warning buzzer) Indicates a malfunction in the LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)

Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. (P. 260)

(Flashes or illuminates)

PCS warning light When a buzzer sounds simultaneously: Indicates a malfunction has occurred in the PCS (Pre-Collision System).

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

When a buzzer does not sound: The PCS (Pre-Collision System) has become temporarily unavailable, corrective action may be necessary.

Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-infor- mation display. (P. 229, 444)

If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illu- minate.

P. 245

*2

(Flashes) (U.S.A.)

(Flashes) (Canada)

Parking brake indicator (warning buzzer) It is possible that the parking brake is not fully engaged or released

Operate the parking brake switch once again. This light comes on when the parking brake is not released. If the light turns off after the parking brake is fully released, the system is operating normally.

Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions

4377-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Low fuel level warning light Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.0 gal. (7.5 L, 1.6 Imp.gal.) or less

Refuel the vehicle.

*3

Drivers and front passengers seat belt reminder light (warning buzzer)

Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their seat belts.

Fasten the seat belt. If the front passenger seat is occupied, the front pas- sengers seat belt also needs to be fastened to make the warning light (warning buzzer) off.

*3

(On the center panel)

Rear passengers seat belt reminder lights (warning buzzer)

Warn the rear passengers to fasten their seat belts Fasten the seat belt.

Tire pressure warning light When the light comes on: Low tire inflation pressure such as Natural causes (P. 440) Flat tire (P. 449)

Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.

When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute: Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system (P. 440)

Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.

*1 High engine coolant temperature warning light (warning buzzer)

Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is too high P. 470

Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions

438 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*1: This light illuminates on the multi-information display. *2: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:

A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is driven at a speed of approximately 3 mph (5 km/h) or more.

*3: Drivers seat belt warning buzzer: The drivers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat belt is not fastened. Once the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehi- cles with smart key system), the buzzer sounds. If the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time after the vehicle reaches a certain speed. Front passengers seat belt warning buzzer: The front passengers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is unfas- tened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time after the vehicle reaches a certain speed. Rear passengers seat belt warning buzzer: The rear passengers seat belt warning buzzer sounds to alert the rear passenger that his or her seat belt is not fastened. If the seat belt is unfas- tened, the buzzer sounds intermittently for a certain period of time, after the seat belt is fastened and unfastened and the vehicle reaches a certain speed.

*1

Brake Override System Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedals are being depressed simultaneously, and the Brake Override Sys- tem is operating.

Release the accelerator pedal and depress the brake pedal.

Indicates a malfunction in the Brake Override System (with warning buzzer)

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

Drive-Start Control Indicates that the shift position was changed and Drive- Start Control was operated while depressing the accelera- tor pedal. (with warning buzzer)

Momentarily release the accelerator pedal. Indicates a malfunction in the Drive-Start Control system (with warning buzzer)

Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

Warning light Warning light/Details/Actions

4397-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS warning light This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (front), drivers seat position sensor, drivers seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occu- pant classification system, AIR BAG ON indicator light, AIR BAG OFF indi- cator light, front passengers seat belt buckle switch, seat belt pretensioners, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources. (P. 34)

Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer) When the battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come on and the warning buzzer may sound.

If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving First check the following: Is the fuel tank empty?

If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately. Is the fuel tank cap loose?

If it is, tighten it securely. The malfunction indicator lamp will go off after several driving trips. If the malfunction indicator lamp does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning buzzer If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detec-

tion sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.

If a cushion is placed on the seat, the sensor may not detect a passenger, and the warning light may not operate properly.

Warning light operations for unfastened rear passenger seat belts When opening and closing the rear door, the warning light comes on for

approximately a certain period of time. When any of the rear seat belts are unfastened, the warning light comes on.

When the rear doors are opened and closed while the warning light is on, the warning light will turn off after approximately a certain period of time.

440 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When the tire pressure warning light comes on Inspect the appearance of the tire to check that the tire is not punctured. If the tire is punctured: P. 449 If the tire is not punctured: Carry out the following procedure after the tire temperature has lowered sufficiently. Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. If the warning light does not go out even after several minutes, check

that the tire inflation pressure is at the specified level and carry out ini- tialization. (P. 378)

The warning light may come on again if the above operations are con- ducted without first allowing the tire temperature to lower sufficiently.

The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by tem- perature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the warning light (after a few minutes).

When a tire is replaced with a spare tire The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.

Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function properly P. 381

If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1 minute If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1 minute when the engine switch is turned to the ON position (vehicles without smart key system) or IGNITION ON mode (vehicles with smart key system), have it checked by your Toyota dealer.

Warning buzzer In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an audio sound.

4417-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

When the electric power steering system warning light comes on When the light comes on yellow, the assist to the power steering is restricted. When the light comes on red, the assist to the power steering is lost and handling operations of the steering wheel become extremely heavy. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.

If the tire pressure warning light comes on Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury. Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire

inflation pressure immediately. If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pres-

sure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires. If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.

Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate, you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.

If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.

442 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Maintenance of the tires Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a dif- ferent size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illumi- nates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under- inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a sub- stitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warn- ing system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunc- tion indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illumi- nated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illu- minated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pres- sure as intended. TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a vari- ety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pres- sure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alter- nate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to continue to function properly.

4437-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire pressure warning system may not operate properly.

444 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a warning message is displayed

Multi-information display

If any of the warning messages are shown again after the following actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.

The multi-information display shows warnings of system mal- functions, incorrectly performed operations, and messages that indicate a need for maintenance. When a message is shown, perform the correction procedure appropriate to the message.

4457-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The warning lights and warning buzzers operate as follows depending on the content of the message. If a message indicates the need for inspection by a dealer, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

*: A buzzer sounds the first time a message is shown on the multi-informa- tion display

Messages and warnings

System warning

light

Warning buzzer* Warning

Sounds

Indicates an important situation, such as when a system related to driving is malfunc- tioning or that danger may result if the correc- tion procedure is not performed

Indicates a situation, such as when damage to the vehicle or danger may result

Comes on or

flashes Sounds

Indicates an important situation, such as when the systems shown on the multi-information dis- play may be malfunctioning

Does not

sound

Indicates a condition, such as malfunction of electrical components, their condition, or indi- cates the need for maintenance

Indicates a situation, such as when an opera- tion has been performed incorrectly, or indi- cates how to perform an operation correctly

446 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Warning messages The warning messages explained below may differ from the actual messages according to operation conditions and vehicle specifications.

If a message that indicates the need for visiting your Toyota dealer is displayed The system or part shown on the multi-information display is malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

If a message about an operation is shown If a message about an operation of the accelerator pedal or brake pedal is

shown A warning message about an operation of the brake pedal may be shown while the driving assist systems such as PCS (Pre-Collision System) or the dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range is operating. If a warning message is shown, be sure to decelerate the vehicle or follow the instruction shown on the multi-information display.

A warning message is shown when Brake Override System operates. (P. 166)

A warning message is shown when Drive-Start Control operates (P. 166). Follow the instructions on the multi-information display.

If a message about an operation of the engine switch is shown An instruction for operation of the engine switch is shown when the incorrect procedure for starting the engine is performed or the engine switch is oper- ated incorrectly. Follow the instructions shown on the multi -information dis- play to operate the engine switch again.

If a message about a shift lever operation is shown To prevent the shift lever from being operated incorrectly or the vehicle from moving unexpectedly, a message that requires shifting the shift lever may be shown on the multi-information display. In that case, follow the instruction of the message and shift the shift lever.

If a message or image about an open/close state of a part or replenishment of a consumable is shown Confirm the part indicated by the multi-information display or a warning light, and then perform the coping method such as closing the open door or replenishing a consumable.

4477-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If a message that indicates the need for referring to Owners Manual is displayed If Engine Coolant Temperature High.is shown, follow the instructions

(P. 470). If the following messages are shown, there may be a malfunction. Immedi-

ately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Con- tinuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous. Braking Power Low. Charging System Malfunction. Engine Oil Pressure Low.

If the following messages are shown, there may be a malfunction. Immedi- ately have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer. Smart Key System Malfunction.

If Engine Oil Level Low. Add or Replace Oil. is displayed The engine oil level is low. Check the level of the engine oil, and add if neces- sary. This message may appear if the vehicle is stopped on a slope. Move the vehicle to a level surface and check to see if the message disappears.

If Engine Stopped. Steering Power Low. is displayed This message is displayed if the engine is stopped while driving. When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.

If Maintenance Required Soon. is shown (U.S.A. only) Indicates that all maintenance according to the driven distance on the mainte- nance schedule* should be performed soon. Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km) after the message has been reset. If necessary, perform maintenance. Please reset the message after the main- tenance is performed. (P. 348) *: Refer to the separate Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual

Supplement for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle. If Maintenance Required. Visit Your Dealer. is shown (U.S.A. only)

Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance on the maintenance schedule*. Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km) after the message has been reset. (The indicator will not work properly unless the message has been reset.) Perform the necessary maintenance. Please reset the message after the maintenance is performed. (P. 348) *: Refer to the separate Scheduled Maintenance Guide or Owners Manual

Supplement for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.

448 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If A New Key has been Registered. Contact Your Dealer for Details. is shown (vehicles with a smart key system) This message will be displayed each time the drivers door is opened when the doors are unlocked from the outside for approximately one week after a new electronic key has been registered. If this message is displayed but you have not had a new electronic key regis- tered, ask your Toyota dealer to check if an unknown electronic key (other than those in your possession) has been registered.

If a message that indicates the malfunction of front camera is displayed The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown in the message is resolved. (P. 229, 434) PCS (Pre-Collision System) LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range RSA (Road Sign Assist) (if equipped) Automatic High Beam

If a message that indicates the malfunction of radar sensor is displayed The following systems may be suspended until the problem shown in the message is resolved. (P. 229, 434) PCS (Pre-Collision System) LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) Dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range

If Radar Cruise Control Unavailable See Owners Manual is shown The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range system is suspended temporarily or until the problem shown in the message is resolved. (causes and coping methods: P. 229)

If Radar Cruise Control unavailable. is shown The dynamic radar cruise control with full-speed range system cannot be used temporarily. Use the system when it becomes available again.

Warning buzzer P. 440

4497-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

If you have a flat tire

Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface. Set the parking brake. Shift the shift lever to P. Stop the engine. Turn on the emergency flashers. (P. 422)

Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be replaced with the spare tire. For details about tires: P. 376

WARNING

If you have a flat tire Do not continue driving with a flat tire. Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.

Before jacking up the vehicle

450 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Location of the spare tire, jack and tools

Towing eyelet Wheel nut wrench Jack

Jack handle Spare tire

4517-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Using the tire jack Observe the following precautions. Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off the jack, leading to death or serious injury. Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or

installing and removing tire chains. Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat

tire. Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for replacing tires on this vehicle.

Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported by the jack.

Do not start the engine or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is sup- ported by the jack.

Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside. When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack. Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to

replace the tire. Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle. When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the

vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.

Put the jack properly in its jack point. (P. 453)

452 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Remove the deck board. (P. 331) Take out the jack.

Remove the deck board. (P. 331) Remove the cushion.

Loosen the center fastener that secures the spare tire.

Taking out the jack 1

2

Taking out the spare tire 1

2

3

WARNING

When storing the spare tire Be careful not to catch fingers or other body parts between the spare tire and the body of the vehicle.

4537-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Chock the tires.

Slightly loosen the wheel nuts (one turn).

Turn the tire jack portion by hand until the center of the recessed portion of the jack is in contact with the center of the jack point.

Replacing a flat tire 1

Flat tire Wheel chock positions

Front Left-hand side Behind the rear right-hand side tire

Right-hand side Behind the rear left-hand side tire

Rear Left-hand side In front of the front right-hand side tire

Right-hand side In front of the front left-hand side tire

2

3

454 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Assemble the jack handle and the wheel nut wrench as shown in the illustration.

Raise the vehicle until the tire is slightly raised off the ground.

Remove all the wheel nuts and the tire. When resting the tire on the ground, place the tire so that the wheel design faces up to avoid scratching the wheel surface.

4

5

6

4557-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

Replacing a flat tire Observe the following precautions.

Failure to do so may result in serious injury: Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in

handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury. Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-

ately after the vehicle has been driven. After the vehicle has been driven, the disc wheels and the area around the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet or other body parts while changing a tire, etc., may result in burns.

Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury. Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ftlbf

(103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm) as soon as possible after changing wheels. Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off

the wheel while the vehicle is moving. When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifi-

cally designed for that wheel. If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut

threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the tapered ends facing inward.

456 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Remove any dirt or foreign mat- ter from the wheel contact sur- face. If foreign matter is on the wheel contact surface, the wheel nuts may loosen while the vehicle is in motion, causing the tire to come off.

Install the tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by approximately the same amount. When replacing a steel wheel with a steel wheel, tighten the wheel nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose con- tact with the disc wheel seat.

When replacing an aluminum wheel with a steel wheel, tighten the wheel nuts until the tapered portion comes into loose contact with the disc wheel seat.

Lower the vehicle.

Installing the spare tire 1

2

Tapered portion

Disc wheel seat

Tapered portion

Disc wheel seat

3

4577-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Firmly tighten each wheel nut two or three times in the order shown in the illustration. Tightening torque: 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)

Stow the flat tire, tire jack and all tools.

The compact spare tire The compact spare tire is identified by the label TEMPORARY USE

ONLY on the tire sidewall. Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.

Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire. (P. 482)

After completing the tire change The tire pressure warning system must be reset. (P. 378)

When using the compact spare tire As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light remains on.

When the compact spare tire is equipped The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire compared to when driving with standard tires.

If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle. Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:

Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire. Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehi- cle. Fit tire chains to the front tires.

4

5

1

2

3

458 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When using the compact spare tire Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically

designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire on another vehicle.

Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously. Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possi-

ble. Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shift-

ing operations that cause sudden engine braking. When the compact spare tire is attached

The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following sys- tems may not operate correctly:

Speed limit when using the compact spare tire Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact spare tire is installed on the vehicle. The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Fail- ure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or serious injury.

After using the tools and jack Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a collision or sudden braking.

ABS & Brake assist VSC TRAC EPS Automatic High Beam PCS (Pre-Collision System) *: If equipped

LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) Dynamic radar cruise control

with full-speed range BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* Rear view monitor system

4597-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire installed on the vehicle. The vehicle height may become lower when driving with the compact spare tire, compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving over uneven road surfaces.

Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire. Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving performance.

When replacing the tires When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.

To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmit- ters When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter when replacing the tire. (P. 377)

460 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the engine will not start

One of the following may be the cause of the problem: There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicles tank.

Refuel the vehicle. The engine may be flooded.

Try to restart the engine again following correct starting procedures. (P. 180, 183)

There may be a malfunction in the engine immobilizer system. (P. 84)

One of the following may be the cause of the problem: The battery may be discharged. (P. 465) The battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.

The engine starting system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse. However, an interim measure is available to start the engine. (P. 461)

If the engine will not start even though correct starting proce- dures are being followed (P. 180, 183), consider each of the fol- lowing points:

The engine will not start even though the starter motor operates normally.

The starter motor turns over slowly, the interior lights and head- lights are dim, or the horn does not sound or sounds at a low volume.

The starter motor does not turn over (vehicles with a smart key system)

4617-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

One of the following may be the cause of the problem: One or both of the battery terminals may be disconnected. The battery may be discharged. (P. 465) There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system. (vehicles

with a smart key system) Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair procedures are unknown.

When the engine does not start, the following steps can be used as an interim measure to start the engine if the engine switch is functioning normally:

Set the parking brake. Shift the shift lever to P. Turn the engine switch to ACCESSORY mode. Press and hold the engine switch for about 15 seconds while depressing the brake pedal firmly. Even if the engine can be started using the above steps, the system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

The starter motor does not turn over, the interior lights and head- lights do not turn on, or the horn does not sound.

Emergency start function (vehicles with a smart key system)

1

2

3

4

462 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If the electronic key does not operate properly (vehicles with a smart key system)

Use the mechanical key (P. 114) in order to perform the following operations:

Locks all the doors Closes the windows (turn and hold)* Unlocks the door Turning the key rearward unlocks the drivers door. Turning the key once again within 3 seconds unlocks the other doors. Opens the windows (turn and hold)*

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer. (P. 506)

If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is interrupted (P. 136) or the electronic key cannot be used because the battery is depleted, the smart key system and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such cases, the doors can be opened and the engine can be started by follow- ing the procedure below.

Locking and unlocking the doors

4637-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal. Touch the Toyota emblem side of the electronic key to the engine switch. When the electronic key is detected, a buzzer sounds and the engine switch will turn to IGNITION ON mode. When the smart key system is deactivated in customization set- ting, the engine switch will turn to ACCESSORY mode. Firmly depress the brake pedal and check that and mes- sages are shown on the multi-information display. Press the engine switch.

In the event that the engine still cannot be started, contact your Toyota dealer.

Starting the engine 1

2

3

4

464 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Stopping the engine Set the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P and press the engine switch as you normally do when stopping the engine.

Replacing the key battery As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted. (P. 397)

Changing engine switch modes Release the brake pedal and press the engine switch in step above. The engine does not start and modes will be changed each time the switch is pressed. (P. 184)

When the electronic key does not work properly Make sure that the smart key system and push button start has not been

deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on. (Customizable features: P. 500)

Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function. (P. 135)

WARNING

When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows Operate the power window after checking to make sure that there is no pos- sibility of any passenger having any of their body parts caught in the side window. Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for children and other passengers to get caught in the power window.

3

4657-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

If the vehicle battery is discharged

If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the steps below.

Open the hood. (P. 358) Remove the engine cover. Pull up the both ends of the cover vertically.

The following procedures may be used to start the engine if the vehicles battery is discharged. You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.

1

2

466 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:

Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the positive (+) battery terminal on your vehicle. Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle. Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi- nal on the second vehicle. Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the battery and any moving parts, as shown in the illustration.

Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to recharge the battery of your vehicle. Vehicles with a smart key system: Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the engine switch off.

3

3 2

4

4

5

4677-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles without a smart key system: Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the engine switch to the ON position, then start the vehicles engine. Vehicles with a smart key system: Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and turn the engine switch to IGNITION ON mode, then start the vehicles engine. Once the vehicles engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the exact reverse order from which they were connected. To install the engine cover, conduct the removal procedure in reverse. After installing, check that the fixed pins are inserted securely.

Once the engine starts, have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

Starting the engine when the battery is discharged The engine cannot be started by push-starting.

To prevent battery discharge Turn off the headlights and the air conditioning system while the engine is

stopped. Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running

at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic. Charging the battery

The electricity stored in the battery will discharge gradually even when the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of cer- tain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the battery may discharge, and the engine may be unable to start. (The battery recharges automatically during driving.)

Precautions when the battery is discharged (vehicles with a smart key system) In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart

entry & start system when the battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.

The engine may not start on the first attempt after the battery has recharged but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a malfunction.

The engine switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the battery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the battery, turn the engine switch off. If you are unsure what mode the engine switch was in before the battery dis- charged, be especially careful when reconnecting the battery.

6

7

8

468 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

When replacing the battery Use a battery that conforms to European regulations. Use a battery that the case size is same as the previous one, 20 hour rate

capacity (20HR) is equivalent or greater, and performance rating (CCA) is equivalent or greater. Check the label on top of the battery for the battery size and specifications (ex. LN2, 60Ah, 345A). If the sizes differ, the battery cannot be properly secured. If the 20 hour rate capacity is low, even if the time period where the vehi-

cle is not used is a short time, the battery may discharge and the engine may not be able to start.

For details, consult your Toyota dealer.

WARNING

Avoiding battery fires or explosions Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flam- mable gas that may be emitted from the battery: Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that

it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal. Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the + termi-

nal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area, such as brackets or unpainted metal.

Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact with each other.

Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near the battery.

Battery precautions The battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte, while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following pre- cautions when handling the battery: When working with the battery, always wear safety glasses and take care

not to allow any battery fluids (acid) to come into contact with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.

Do not lean over the battery. In the event that battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes,

immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical attention. Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention can be received.

Always wash your hands after handling the battery support, terminals, and other battery-related parts.

Do not allow children near the battery.

4697-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

When handling jumper cables When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entan- gled in the cooling fan or engine drive belt.

470 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

If your vehicle overheats

The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (P. 96) enters the red zone or a loss of engine power is experienced (for example, the vehicle speed does not increase).

Steam comes out from under the hood.

Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning sys- tem, and then stop the engine. If you see steam: Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides. If you do not see steam: Carefully lift the hood. After the engine has cooled down sufficiently, inspect the hoses and radiator core (radia- tor) for any leaks.

Radiator Cooling fan If a large amount of coolant leaks, immediately contact your Toyota dealer.

The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.

Correction procedures 1

2

3

4717-2. Steps to take in an emergency

7

W hen trouble arises

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the FULL and LOW lines on the reservoir.

Reservoir FULL line LOW line

Add coolant if necessary. Water can be used in an emer- gency if coolant is unavailable.

Start the engine and turn the air conditioning system on to check that the radiator cooling fan operates and to check for coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses. The fan operates when the air conditioning system is turned on immedi- ately after a cold start. Confirm that the fan is operating by checking the fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning system on and off repeatedly. (The fan may not operate in freezing temperatures.) If the fan is not operating: Stop the engine immediately and contact your Toyota dealer. If the fan is operating: Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.

4

5

6

7

472 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns. If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until

the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot. Keep hands and clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler) away from

the fan and belts. Failure to do so may cause the hands or clothing to be caught, resulting in serious injury.

Do not loosen the coolant reservoir cap while the engine and radiator are hot. High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.

NOTICE

When adding coolant Add coolant slowly after the engine has cooled down sufficiently. Adding cool coolant to a hot engine too quickly can cause damage to the engine.

To prevent damage to the cooling system Observe the following precautions: Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust

etc.). Do not use any coolant additives.

4737-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

7

W hen trouble arises

If the vehicle becomes stuck

Stop the engine. Shift the shift lever to P, and set the parking brake. Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels. Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels to help provide traction. Restart the engine. Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then, while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.

When it is difficult to free the vehicle

Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:

Press to turn off TRAC.

A message will be shown on the multi- information display.

1

2

3

4

5

474 7-2. Steps to take in an emergency

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

WARNING

When attempting to free a stuck vehicle If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people. The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes free. Use extreme caution.

When shifting the shift lever Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed. This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

NOTICE

To avoid damaging the transmission and other components Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal

more than necessary. If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,

the vehicle may require towing to be freed.

475

8Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

8-1. Specifications Maintenance data

(fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 476 Fuel information ................ 484 Tire information ................. 487

8-2. Customization Customizable features ...... 500

8-3. Items to initialize Items to initialize ............... 512

476 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)

*1: Unladen vehicles *2: Vehicles with 215/60R17 tires *3: Vehicles with 225/50R18 tires

Vehicle identification number The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle. This number is also stamped on the top left of the instrument panel.

Dimensions and weights

Overall length 172.6 in. (4385 mm)

Overall width 70.7 in. (1795 mm)

Overall height*1 61.2 in. (1555 mm)

Wheelbase 103.9 in. (2640 mm)

Tread Front 61.0 in. (1550 mm)*2

60.6 in. (1540 mm)*3

Rear 61.4 in. (1560 mm)*2

61.0 in. (1550 mm)*3

Vehicle capacity weight (occupants + luggage) 825 lb. (375 kg)

Seating capacity

Seating capacity 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)

Vehicle identification

4778-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

This number is stamped under the right-hand front seat.

This number is also on the Cer- tification Label.

Engine number The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.

478 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing the engine oil. Warm up and turn off the engine, wait more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick.

Engine

Model 3ZR-FAE

Type 4-cylinder in line, 4-cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke 3.17 3.84 in. (80.5 97.6 mm)

Displacement 121.3 cu.in. (1987 cm3)

Valve clearance (engine cold) Automatic adjustment

Drive belt tension Automatic adjustment

Fuel

Fuel type Unleaded gasoline only

Octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity (Reference) 13.2 gal. (50 L, 11.0 Imp.gal.)

Lubrication system

Oil capacity (Drain and refill reference*)

With filter Without filter

4.4 qt. (4.2 L, 3.7 Imp.qt.) 4.1 qt. (3.9 L, 3.4 Imp.qt.)

4798-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Engine oil selection Toyota Genuine Motor Oil is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved Toyota Genuine Motor Oil or equivalent to satisfy the following grade and viscosity. Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20 SAE 0W-20 is the best choice for good fuel economy and good start- ing in cold weather. If SAE 0W-20 is not available, SAE 5W-20 oil may be used. However, it must be replaced with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil change.

Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example): The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which allows cold

startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.

The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity (one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.

How to read oil container label: The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Commit- tee (ILSAC) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help you select the oil you should use.

Outside temperature

480 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Cooling system

Capacity 6.1 qt. (5.7 L, 5.1 Imp.qt.)

Coolant type

Use either of the following. Toyota Super Long Life Coolant Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based non-sili-

cate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate cool- ant with long-life hybrid organic acid technology

Do not use plain water alone.

Ignition system

Spark plug

Make DENSO SC16HR11

Gap 0.043 in. (1.1 mm)

NOTICE

Iridium-tipped spark plugs Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust spark plug gap.

Electrical system

Battery

Specific volt- age reading at 68F (20C):

12.3 V or higher (Turn the engine switch to off and turn on the high beam headlights for 30 seconds.) If the voltage is lower than the standard value, charge the battery.

Specific grav- ity reading at 68F (20C):

1.25 or higher If the specific gravity is lower than the standard value, charge the battery.

Charging rates

Quick charge Slow charge

15 A max. 5 A max.

4818-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity. If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.

*: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 30.6 kgf (300 N, 67.4 lbf) while the engine is running

Continuously variable transmission

Fluid capacity* 7.6 qt. (7.2 L, 6.3 Imp.qt.)

Fluid type Toyota Genuine CVT Fluid FE

NOTICE

Continuously variable transmission fluid type Using continuously variable transmission fluid other than the above type may cause abnormal noise or vibration, or damage the continuously vari- able transmission of your vehicle.

Brakes

Pedal clearance* 5.0 in. (127 mm)

Pedal free play 0.04 0.20 in. (1 5 mm)

Brake pad wear limit 0.04 in. (1.0 mm)

Fluid type SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3; SAE J1704 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 4

Steering

Free play Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)

482 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

17-inch tires

18-inch tires

Compact spare tire

Tires and wheels

Tire size 215/60R17 96H

Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)

Front tires: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear tires: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)

Wheel size 17 6 1/2J

Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)

Tire size 225/50R18 95V

Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)

Front tires: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar) Rear tires: 33 psi (230 kPa, 2.3 kgf/cm2 or bar)

Wheel size 18 7 J

Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)

Tire size T145/90D16 106M, T145/70D18 107M

Tire inflation pressure (Recommended cold tire inflation pressure)

60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)

Wheel size 16 4 T, 18 4 T

Wheel nut torque 76 ftlbf (103 Nm, 10.5 kgfm)

4838-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Light bulbs

Light bulbs Bulb No. W Type

Exterior

Front side marker lights (bulb type) 5 A

Front turn signal lights (bulb type) 21 B

Side turn signal lights 5 B

Rear side marker lights 5 A

Rear turn signal lights 21 B

Back-up lights 921 16 A

License plate lights 5 A

Interior

Vanity lights* 8 A

Front interior lights/ front personal lights 5 A

Rear interior light 8 C

Luggage compartment light 5 A

A: Wedge base bulbs (clear) C: Double end bulbs *: If equipped

B: Wedge base bulbs (amber)

484 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Fuel information

Gasoline quality In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gaso- line you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.

Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to

avoid the build-up of engine deposits. All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to

clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPAs lowest additives concen- tration program.

Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers, please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.

Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements. Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced vehicle emissions.

You must only use unleaded gasoline. Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher. Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87 may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to engine damage. At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A.

4858-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline

If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no lower than 87.

Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol. Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT

Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcy- clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl). Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely affected. The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.

If your engine knocks Consult your Toyota dealer. You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerat-

ing or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.

Use only gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol. DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline that could contain more than 15% etha- nol, including from any pump labeled E30, E50, E85 (which are only some examples of fuel containing more than 15% ethanol).

DO NOT use gasoline contain- ing more than 15% ethanol.

(30% ethanol)

(50% ethanol)

(85% ethanol)

486 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

NOTICE

Notice on fuel quality Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be

damaged. Do not use leaded gasoline.

Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicles three-way catalytic converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.

Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated. Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance problems.

Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking. At worst, this will lead to engine damage.

Fuel-related poor driveability If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that type of fuel.

When refueling with gasohol Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicles paint.

4878-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

8

Vehicle specifications

Tire information

Full-size tire

Compact spare tire

Typical tire symbols

488 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tire size (P. 490) DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN) (P. 489) Uniform tire quality grading For details, see Uniform Tire Quality Grading that follows. Location of treadwear indicators (P. 376) Tire ply composition and materials Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands which form the plies in a tire. Radial tires or bias-ply tires A radial tire has RADIAL on the sidewall. A tire not marked RADIAL is a bias-ply tire. TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire. A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air pressure. Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 380) Maximum cold tire inflation pressure (P. 482) This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated. Summer tires or all season tires (P. 380) An all season tire has M+S on the sidewall. A tire not marked M+S is a summer tire. TEMPORARY USE ONLY A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase TEMPORARY USE ONLY molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary emergency use only.

4898-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

DOT symbol* Tire Identification Number (TIN) Tire manufacturers identification mark Tire size code Manufacturers optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters) Manufacturing week Manufacturing year Manufacturers code

*: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)

Type A Type B

490 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Typical tire size information The illustration indicates typical tire size.

Tire use (P = Passenger car, T = Temporary use) Section width (millimeters) Aspect ratio (tire height to section width) Tire construction code (R = Radial, D = Diagonal) Wheel diameter (inches) Load index (2 digits or 3 digits) Speed symbol (alphabet with one letter)

Tire dimensions Section width Tire height Wheel diameter

Tire size

4918-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Bead Sidewall Shoulder Tread Belt Inner liner Reinforcing rubber Carcass Rim lines Bead wires Chafer

Tire section names

492 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation. It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.

Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as you read this information.

DOT quality grades All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Require- ments in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width.

For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a speci- fied government test course.

For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual condi- tions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA, A, B, C The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C, and they represent the tires ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.

A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking (straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turn- ing) traction.

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

4938-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Temperature A, B, C The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi- pate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- dard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the labo- ratory test wheel than the minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either sepa- rately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

494 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Glossary of tire terminology

Tire related term Meaning

Cold tire inflation pres- sure

Tire pressure when the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more, or has not been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under that condition

Maximum inflation pressure

The maximum cold inflated pressure to which a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall of the tire

Recommended infla- tion pressure

Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer

Accessory weight

The combined weight (in excess of those stan- dard items which may be replaced) of auto- matic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power windows, power seats, radio and heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether installed or not)

Curb weight

The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment, including the maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air conditioning and additional weight optional engine

Maximum loaded vehi- cle weight

The sum of: (a) Curb weight (b) Accessory weight (c) Vehicle capacity weight (d) Production options weight

Normal occupant weight

150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants specified in the second column of Table 1* that follows

Occupant distribution Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as speci- fied in the third column of Table 1* below

4958-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Production options weight

The combined weight of installed regular pro- duction options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the standard items which they replace, not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special trim

Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated

Rim diameter (Wheel diameter) Nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation Rim diameter and width

Rim type designation The industry manufacturers designation for a rim by style or code

Rim width Nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle capacity weight (Total load capacity)

The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb. (68 kg) times the vehicles designated seating capacity

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

The load on an individual tire that is deter- mined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and dividing by two

Vehicle normal load on the tire

The load on an individual tire that is deter- mined by distributing to each axle its share of curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight (distributed in accordance with Table 1* below), and dividing by two

Weather side The surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire

Bead The part of the tire that is made of steel wires, wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is shaped to fit the rim

Bead separation A breakdown of the bond between compo- nents in the bead

Tire related term Meaning

496 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Bias ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at alternate angles substantially less than 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Carcass The tire structure, except tread and sidewall rubber which, when inflated, bears the load

Chunking The breaking away of pieces of the tread or sidewall

Cord The strands forming the plies in the tire

Cord separation The parting of cords from adjacent rubber compounds

Cracking Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or inner- liner of the tire extending to cord material

CT

A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire and rim system in which the rim is designed with rim flanges pointed radially inward and the tire is designed to fit on the underside of the rim in a manner that encloses the rim flanges inside the air cavity of the tire

Extra load tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corre- sponding standard tire

Groove The space between two adjacent tread ribs

Innerliner The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium within the tire

Innerliner separation The parting of the innerliner from cord material in the carcass

Intended outboard sidewall

(a) The sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering, or bears manufac- turer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or

(b) The outward facing sidewall of an asym- metrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle

Tire related term Meaning

4978-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Light truck (LT) tire A tire designated by its manufacturer as pri- marily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles

Load rating The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given inflation pressure

Maximum load rating The load rating for a tire at the maximum per- missible inflation pressure for that tire

Maximum permissible inflation pressure

The maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated

Measuring rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical dimension requirements

Open splice Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall, or innerliner that extends to cord material

Outer diameter The overall diameter of an inflated new tire

Overall width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including ele- vations due to labeling, decorations, or protec- tive bands or ribs

Passenger car tire A tire intended for use on passenger cars, multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks, that have a gross vehicle weight rating (GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.

Ply A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords

Ply separation A parting of rubber compound between adja- cent plies

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber, chemi- cals, fabric and steel or other materials, that, when mounted on an automotive wheel, pro- vides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that sustains the load

Radial ply tire A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90 degrees to the centerline of the tread

Reinforced tire A tire designed to operate at higher loads and at higher inflation pressures than the corre- sponding standard tire

Tire related term Meaning

498 8-1. Specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

*: Table 1 Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities

Section width The linear distance between the exteriors of the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding ele- vations due to labeling, decoration, or protec- tive bands

Sidewall That portion of a tire between the tread and bead

Sidewall separation The parting of the rubber compound from the cord material in the sidewall

Snow tire

A tire that attains a traction index equal to or greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E-1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when using the snow traction test as described in ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and

which is marked with an Alpine Symbol ( ) on at least one sidewall

Test rim The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and may be any rim listed as appropriate for use with that tire

Tread That portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road

Tread rib A tread section running circumferentially around a tire

Tread separation Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass

Treadwear indicators (TWI)

The projections within the principal grooves designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread

Wheel-holding fixture The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire assembly securely during testing

Tire related term Meaning

4998-1. Specifications

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Designated seating capacity, Number of

occupants Vehicle normal load, Number of occupants

Occupant distribution in a normally loaded

vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

5 through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

11 through 15 5 2 in front, 1 in second seat, 1 in third seat, 1

in fourth seat

16 through 20 7 2 in front, 2 in second seat, 2 in third seat, 1

in fourth seat

500 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Customizable features

Changing using the multi-information display

Press or of the meter control switches, select .

Press or of the meter control switches, select Meter Set- tings, and then press .

Press or of the meter control switches, select the item, and then press .

Press or of the meter control switches, select the desired setting, and then press .

To go back to the previous screen or exit the customize mode, press .

Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be personalized to suit your preferences. The settings of these fea- tures can be changed using the multi-information display or at your Toyota dealer.

Customizing vehicle features

1

2

3

4

5018-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Changing on the audio system screen

Press the MENU button.

Select Setup on the menu screen and select Vehicle.

Select Vehicle Customization. Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can be changed for details.

Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other func- tions when customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.

Settings that can be changed using the multi-information display Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer

Definition of symbols: O = Available, = Not available

Customizable features

1

2

3

502 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Gauges, meters and multi-information display (P. 96, 99)

*1: The default setting varies according to country. *2: 2 of the following items: current fuel economy (bar type), current fuel econ-

omy (numerical value), average fuel economy (after reset), average fuel economy (after start), average fuel economy (after refuel), average speed (after reset), average speed (after start), elapsed time (after reset), elapsed time (after start), distance (range), distance (after start), blank.

Function Default setting Customized setting

Language*1 English Spanish

O O French

Units*1 miles (MPG, US)

km (km/L)

O O km (L/100 km)

miles (MPG)

F C O O

Eco Driving Indicator Light

On (Self-lighting) Off O

Drive information 1

Current fuel economy (bar

type) *2 O Average fuel

economy (after reset)

Drive information 2

Distance (range) *2 O

Average speed (after reset)

Pop-up display On Off O

Speed limit With caution Only display

O OFF

5038-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Instrument cluster (P. 98)

Function Default setting Customized setting

Sensor sensitivity for darkening the bright- ness of the instrument cluster depending on the outside brightness

Standard -2 to 2 O

Sensor sensitivity for returning the bright- ness of the instrument cluster to the original level depending on the outside brightness

Standard -2 to 2 O

504 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Smart key system* and wireless remote control (P. 120, 127, 133)

*: If equipped

Function Default setting Customized setting

Operation signal (buzzer) 5

Off O O

1 to 7

Operation signal (emergency flashers) On Off O O

Unlocking operation

Drivers door unlocked in one step, all doors

unlocked in two step

All doors unlocked in one step O O

Time elapsed before the automatic door lock function is acti- vated if a door is not opened after being unlocked

60 seconds

30 seconds

O O

120 seconds

Open door reminder buzzer (When locking the vehicle)

On Off O

Locking operation when door opened On Off O O

5058-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Smart key system* (P. 133)

*: If equipped

Wireless remote control (P. 120)

Outside rear view mirrors (P. 154)

Function Default setting Customized setting

Smart key system On Off O

Smart door unlocking Drivers door All the doors O O

Number of consecu- tive door lock opera- tions

2 times As many as desired O

Function Default setting Customized setting

Wireless remote con- trol On Off O

Function Default setting Customized setting

Automatic mirror fold- ing and extending operation

Linked to the locking/unlocking

of the doors

Off

OLinked to opera- tion of the engine

switch

506 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Power windows (P. 157)

*1: Vehicles without a smart key system *2: Vehicles with a smart key system

Turn signal lever (P. 195)

Function Default setting Customized setting

Key*1 or mechanical key*2 linked operation (open)

Off On O

Key*1 or mechanical key*2 linked operation (close)

Off On O

Wireless remote con- trol linked operation (open only)

Off On O

Key*1 or mechanical key*2, wireless remote control linked operation signal (buzzer)

On Off O

Function Default setting Customized setting

Times of flashing of the lane change sig- nal flashers

3

Off

O5

7

5078-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Automatic light control system (P. 204)

PCS (Pre-Collision System) (P. 231)

LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) (P. 246)

Function Default setting Customized setting

Light sensor sensitiv- ity Level 0 Level -2 to 2 O O

Time elapsed before headlights automati- cally turn off after doors are closed

30 seconds

Off

O O60 seconds

90 seconds

Daytime running lights (except for Canada) On Off O O

Function Default setting Customized setting

Pre-collision system On Off O

Warning timing Middle Early

O Late

Function Default setting Customized setting

Lane centering func- tion On Off O

Alert sensitivity High Standard O

Vehicle sway warning function On Off O

Vehicle sway warning sensitivity Standard

Low O

High

508 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

RSA (Road Sign Assist)* (P. 261)

*: If equipped

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (P. 283)

*: If equipped

Function Default setting Customized setting

RSA (Road Sign Assist) On Off O

Excess speed notifi- cation method Display only

No notification O Display and

buzzer

Excess speed notifi- cation level 1 mph (2 km/h)

3 mph (5 km/h) O

5 mph (10 km/h)

Other notifications method (No-entry notification)

Display only No notification

O Display and buzzer

Function Default setting Customized setting

BSM (Blind Spot Mon- itor) On Off O

Outside rear view mir- ror indicator bright- ness

Bright Dim O

Alert timing for pres- ence of approaching vehicle (sensitivity)

Intermediate

Early

O Late

Only when vehi- cle detected in

blind spot

5098-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert)* (P. 292)

*: If equipped

Air conditioning system (P. 312)

Function Default setting Customized setting

RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function On Off O

Buzzer volume Level2 Level1

O Level3

Function Default setting Customized setting

A/C auto switch oper- ation Auto Manual O O

510 8-2. Customization

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Illumination (P. 323)

*1: Vehicles with a smart key system *2: If equipped

Function Default setting Customized setting

Time elapsed before the interior lights turn off

15 seconds

Off

O O7.5 seconds

30 seconds

Operation after the engine switch is turned off

On Off O

Operation when the doors are unlocked On Off O

Operation when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key on your person*1

On Off O

Outer mirror illumina- tion*2 On Off O

Time elapsed before the outer mirror illumi- nation turn off*2

15 seconds

Off

O7.5 seconds

30 seconds

Operation of the outer mirror illumination when you approach the vehicle with the electronic key on your person*1, 2

On Off O

Operation of the outer mirror illumination when the doors are unlocked*2

On Off O

Interior lights illumina- tion control*2 On Off O

5118-2. Customization

8

Vehicle specifications

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

In the following situations, customize mode in which the settings can be changed through the multi-information display will automatically be turned off A warning message appears after the customize mode screen is displayed. The engine switch is turned off. The vehicle begins to move while the customize mode screen is displayed.

WARNING

During customization As the engine needs to be running during customization, ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious health hazard.

NOTICE

During customization To prevent battery discharge, ensure that the engine is running while cus- tomizing features.

512 8-3. Items to initialize

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Items to initialize

The following items must be initialized for normal system opera- tion after such cases as the battery being reconnected, or main- tenance being performed on the vehicle:

Item When to initialize Reference

Power window When functioning abnormally P. 159

Message indicating mainte- nance is required (U.S.A. only)

After the maintenance is per- formed P. 348

Tire pressure warning sys- tem When changing the tire size P. 378

513

For owners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

9

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners........................ 514

Reporting safety defects for Canadian owners ............... 515

Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French) ............................... 516

SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French) ............................... 518

514

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800-331-4331). If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investiga- tion, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA can- not become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Ave. SE., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

515

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

9

For ow ners

Reporting safety defects for Canadian own- ers

Canadian customers who wish to report a safety-related defect to Transport Canada, Defects Investigations and Recalls, may tele- phone the toll-free hotline 1-800-333-0510, mail Transport Canada - ASFAD, 330 Sparks Street, Ottawa, ON, K1A 0N5, or complete the online form at https://www.tc.gc.ca/recalls.

516

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners (in French)

Droulez la sangle diagonale de telle sorte quelle passe bien sur lpaule, sans pour autant tre en contact avec le cou ou glisser de lpaule.

Placez la sangle abdominale le plus bas possible sur les hanches.

Rglez la position du dossier de sige. Asseyez-vous le dos le plus droit possible et calez-vous bien dans le sige.

Ne pas vriller la ceinture de scurit.

Ceintures de scurit Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une ponge humecte deau savonneuse tide. Par ailleurs, vrifiez rgulirement que les ceintures ne sont pas effiloches, entailles, ou ne paraissent pas exagrment uses.

The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions extracted from the seat belt section in this manual. See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in English.

Utilisation correcte des ceintures de scurit

Entretien et soin

517

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

tat et usure des ceintures de scurit Inspectez les ceintures de scurit priodiquement. Contrlez quelles ne sont pas entailles, effiloches, et que leurs ancrages ne sont pas desser- rs. Ne pas utiliser une ceinture de scurit dfectueuse avant quelle ne soit remplace. Une ceinture de scurit dfectueuse napporte aucune garantie de protection de loccupant contre des blessures graves, voire mortelles.

518

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

SRS airbag instructions for Canadian owners (in French)

The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual. See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instruc- tions in English.

519

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Coussins gonflables SRS frontaux

Coussin gonflable SRS conducteur/passager avant Participent la protection de la tte et du thorax du conducteur et du passager avant contre les chocs avec les lments de lhabitacle Coussin gonflable SRS de genoux pour le conducteur Participe la protection du conducteur Coussin gonflable SRS dassise de sige passager avant Participe retenir le passager avant

Coussins gonflables SRS latraux et rideau

Coussins gonflables SRS latraux avant Participent la protection du haut du corps des occupants aux places avant Coussins gonflables SRS latraux arrire Participent la protection du thorax des occupants assis aux places arrire extrieures Coussins gonflables SRS rideau Participent principalement la protection de la tte des

occupants assis dans les siges des places extrieures Participent empcher les occupants dtre jects du vhicule

en cas de retournement de celui-ci

520

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Composition du systme de coussins gonflables SRS

521

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Votre vhicule est quip de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLIGENTS (ADVANCED AIRBAGS) conus selon les normes de scurit amricaines applicables aux vhicules moteur (FMVSS208). Le botier lectronique de coussins gonflables (ECU) utilise les informations reues des capteurs, etc. dtaills dans le schma ci-dessus de composition du systme pour commander le dploiement des coussins gonflables. Ces informations comprennent des informations sur la gravit de la collision et les occupants. Le dploiement rapide des coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen dune raction chimique dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant damortir le mouvement des occupants.

Capteurs dimpact avant Coussin gonflable passager avant Tmoins indicateurs AIR BAG ON et AIR BAG OFF Capteurs dimpact latral (avant) Capteurs dimpact latral (portes avant) Prtensionneurs et limiteurs deffort de ceinture de scurit (avant) Coussins gonflables latraux (avant) Coussins gonflables latraux (arrire) Coussins gonflables rideau Capteur de position du sige conducteur

Coussin gonflable conducteur Coussin gonflable de genoux conducteur Tmoin dalerte SRS Botier lectronique de coussins gonflables Prtensionneurs et limiteurs deffort de ceinture de scurit (arrire) Coussin gonflable dassise de sige Contacteur de boucle de ceinture de scurit passager avant Contacteur de boucle de ceinture de scurit conducteur Systme de classification doccupant du sige passager avant (ECU et capteurs)

522

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Prcautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS Respectez les prcautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables SRS. dfaut, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient sensuivre. Le conducteur et tous les passagers bord du vhicule doivent porter leur

ceinture de scurit correctement. Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs de protection complmentaires aux ceintures de scurit.

Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se dploie avec une puissance considrable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, notamment lorsque le conducteur se trouve trs prs du coussin gonflable. Lautorit fdrale charge de la scurit routire aux tats-Unis, la NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration) conseille: Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se trouve dans les premiers 2 3 in. (50 75 mm) du dploiement, placez-vous 10 in. (250 mm) du coussin gonflable conducteur pour garantir une marge de scurit suffisante. Cette distance est mesurer entre le moyeu du volant de direction et le sternum. Si vous tes assis moins de 10 in. (250 mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs faons: Reculez votre sige le plus possible, tout en continuant pouvoir

atteindre confortablement les pdales. Inclinez lgrement le dossier du sige.

Bien que les vhicules soient diffrents les uns des autres, la plupart des conducteurs peuvent sasseoir une distance de 10 in. (250 mm), mme avec le sige conducteur compltement avanc, simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de sige. Si vous avez des difficults voir la route aprs avoir inclin votre sige, utilisez un coussin ferme et antidrapant pour vous rehausser ou, si votre vhicule est quip du rglage en hauteur du sige, remontez-le.

Si votre volant de direction est rglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela vous permet dorienter le coussin gonflable vers votre buste plutt que vers la tte et le cou.

Le sige doit tre rgl selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus, tout en conservant le contrle des pdales et du volant, et la vue des commandes au tableau de bord.

523

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Prcautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS

Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se dploie galement avec une puissance considrable et peut occasionner des blessures graves, voire mortelles, notamment lorsque le passager avant se trouve trs prs du coussin gonflable. Le sige du passager avant doit se trouver le plus loin possible du coussin gonflable et le dossier doit tre rgl de manire ce que le passager avant soit assis bien droit.

Le dploiement dun coussin gonflable peut infliger des blessures graves, voire mortelles, aux nourrissons et aux enfants mal assis et/ou mal attachs. Installez dans un sige de scurit enfant les enfants trop jeunes pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de scurit. Toyota recommande vivement que tous les nourrissons et enfants soient installs dans les siges arrire du vhicule et convenablement attachs. Les siges arrire sont plus srs pour les nourrissons et les enfants que le sige passager avant.

Ninstallez jamais un sige de scurit enfant type dos la route sur le sige passager avant, mme si le tmoin indicateur AIR BAG OFF est allum. En cas daccident, la force exerce par le dploiement rapide du coussin gonflable passager avant peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles un enfant, si le sige de scurit enfant type dos la route est install sur le sige passager avant.

Si vous attachez une rallonge de ceinture de scurit aux boucles des ceintures de siges avant, mais pas au pne de la ceinture de scurit proprement dite, les coussins gonflables SRS frontaux dterminent que le conducteur et le passager avant portent leur ceinture de scurit, alors mme quelle nest pas attache. Dans ce cas, les coussins gonflables SRS frontaux risquent de ne pas se dployer correctement en cas de collision, causant des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Veillez porter la ceinture de scurit avec la rallonge de ceinture de scurit.

524

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Prcautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS Ne pas sasseoir sur le bord du sige et

ne pas sappuyer contre la planche de bord.

Ne pas laisser un enfant rester debout devant le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant ni assis sur les genoux du passager avant.

Ne pas laisser les occupants des siges avant voyager avec un objet sur les genoux.

Ne pas sappuyer contre la porte, contre le rail latral de toit ou contre les montants avant, latraux et arrire.

Ne laissez personne sagenouiller face la portire sur les siges du passager ou sortir la tte ou les mains lextrieur du vhicule.

525

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Prcautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS Ne rien fixer ou disposer sur la planche

de bord, la garniture centrale du moyeu de volant de direction et la partie infrieure du tableau de bord. Au dploiement des coussins gonflables SRS conducteur, passager avant et genoux pour le conducteur, tout objet risque de se transformer en projectile.

Ne rien fixer aux parties telles que la porte, la vitre de pare-brise, la vitre latrale, le montant avant et arrire, le rail latral de toit et la poigne de maintien.

Vhicules dpourvus de systme daccs et de dmarrage mains libres: Ne pas attacher la cl des objets lourds, pointus ou trs durs, comme dautres cls par exemple. Ces objets risquent dentraver le dploiement du coussin gonflable SRS de genoux pour le conducteur ou dtre projets vers le sige conducteur par la force de dploiement, constituant ainsi un danger potentiel.

526

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Prcautions avec les coussins gonflables SRS Si un cache en vinyle recouvre la partie o le coussin gonflable SRS de

genoux pour le conducteur se dploie, veillez lenlever. Nutilisez pour les siges aucun accessoire venant recouvrir les parties o

se dploient les coussins gonflables SRS latraux et le coussin gonflable SRS dassise de sige, car il risquerait de gner le dploiement des coussins gonflables SRS. De tels accessoires peuvent empcher les coussins gonflables latraux et dassise de sige de sactiver correctement, neutraliser le systme ou provoquer le dploiement accidentel des coussins gonflables latraux et dassise de sige, provoquant ainsi des blessures graves, voire mortelles.

Ne pas faire subir de chocs violents ni des pressions excessives aux parties renfermant les composants des coussins gonflables SRS, ni aux portes avant. En effet, cela pourrait entraner un mauvais fonctionnement des coussins gonflables SRS.

Ne touchez aucun composant du systme immdiatement aprs le dclenchement (dploiement) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils sont alors encore trs chauds.

Si vous avez des difficults respirer aprs le dploiement des coussins gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de lair frais, ou bien descendez du vhicule si cela ne prsente pas de danger. Retirez tout rsidu ds que possible afin dviter dventuelles irritations de la peau.

Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la garniture centrale du volant de direction et les garnitures de montants avant et arrire, apparaissent abmes ou craqueles, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toyota.

Ne rien poser sur le sige du passager avant, comme un coussin par exemple. Cela a pour consquence de rpartir le poids du passager sur toute la surface du sige, ce qui empche le capteur de dtecter normalement le poids du passager. En consquence, les coussins gonflables SRS frontaux du passager avant peuvent ne pas se dployer en cas de collision.

527

9

For ow ners

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

AVERTISSEMENT

Modification et limination en fin de vie des lments du systme de coussins gonflables SRS Ne mettez pas la casse votre vhicule et ne lui apportez aucune des modifications suivantes sans consulter votre concessionnaire Toyota. Les coussins gonflables SRS peuvent ne pas fonctionner correctement ou se dployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provoquant ainsi des blessures graves, voire mortelles. Installation, dpose, dmontage et rparations des coussins gonflables

SRS Rparations, modifications, dmontage ou remplacement du volant, du

tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des siges ou de leur garnissage, des montants avant et latraux ou des rails latraux de toit, ou des panneaux, garnitures et hauts-parleurs de portes avant

Modifications du panneau de porte avant (percer un trou dedans, par exemple)

Rparation ou modification des ailes avant, du bouclier avant, ou des flancs de lhabitacle

Installation dun quipement de protection sur la calandre (pare-buffle, pare-kangourou, etc.), dun chasse-neige, de treuils ou dune galerie de toit

Modification des suspensions du vhicule Installation dappareils lectroniques, tels quun metteur/rcepteur radio

ou lecteur de CD Amnagements du vhicule visant permettre sa conduite par une

personne atteinte dun handicap physique

528

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

529

Index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

What to do if... (Troubleshooting) .................... 530

Alphabetical index ..................... 534

Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL for information regarding the equipment listed below. Hands-free system (for cellular phone) Rear view monitor system Audio system Connected services

530 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys or mechanical keys can be made by your Toyota dealer. (P. 114)

If you lose your keys or electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (P. 119)

Is the key battery weak or depleted? (P. 397) Vehicles with a smart key system:

Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode? When locking the doors, turn the engine switch off. (P. 184)

Vehicles with a smart key system: Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle? When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on your person.

The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio wave. (P. 115, 136)

Is the child-protector lock set? The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector lock. (P. 124)

If you have a problem, check the following before contacting your Toyota dealer.

The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed

You lose your keys

The doors cannot be locked or unlocked

The rear door cannot be opened

531What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Is the shift lever in P? (P. 180) Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 181) Is the battery discharged? (P. 465)

Did you press the engine switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal? (P. 183)

Is the shift lever in P? (P. 186) Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle? (P. 134) Is the steering wheel unlocked? (P. 186) Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?

In this case, the engine can be started in a temporary way. (P. 463) Is the battery discharged? (P. 465)

Vehicles without a smart key system: Is the engine switch in the ON position? If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the engine switch in the ON position. (P. 193)

Vehicles with a smart key system: Is the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode? If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the engine switch in IGNITION ON mode. (P. 193)

If you think something is wrong

The engine does not start (vehicles without a smart key sys- tem)

The engine does not start (vehicles with a smart key system)

The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress the brake pedal

532 What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Vehicles without a smart key system: It is locked to prevent theft of the vehicle if the key is pulled from the engine switch. (P. 181)

Vehicles with a smart key system: It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (P. 186)

Is the window lock switch pressed? The power window except for the one at the drivers seat cannot be oper- ated if the window lock switch is pressed. (P. 157)

The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCES- SORY or IGNITION ON mode (the engine is not running) for a period of time. (P. 186)

The seat belt reminder light is flashing Are the driver and the front passenger wearing the seat belts? (P. 437)

The brake system warning light is on Is the parking brake released? (P. 196)

Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound. (P. 434, 444)

The steering wheel cannot be turned after the engine is stopped

The windows do not open or close by operating the power window switches

The engine switch is turned off automatically (vehicles with a smart key system)

A warning buzzer sounds during driving

533What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle? Check the message on the multi-information display. (P. 444)

When a warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed, refer to P. 434, 444.

Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire. (P. 449)

Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or snow. (P. 473)

A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle (vehicles with a smart key system)

A warning light turns on or a warning message is displayed

When a problem has occurred

If you have a flat tire

The vehicle becomes stuck

534 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Alphabetical index

A/C ............................................ 312 Air conditioning filter ............. 393

ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)...... 301

Warning light......................... 435 ACA

(Active Cornering Assist) ..... 301 Active Cornering Assist

(ACA) ...................................... 301 Air conditioning filter .............. 393 Air conditioning system.......... 312

Air conditioning filter ............. 393 Airbags ....................................... 34

Airbag operating conditions .... 43 Airbag precautions for

your child .............................. 37 Correct driving posture ........... 26 Curtain shield airbag

operating conditions ............. 44 Curtain shield airbag

precautions........................... 37 General airbag precautions .... 37 Locations of airbags................ 34 Modification and

disposal of airbags ............... 42 Side airbag operating

conditions ............................. 44 Side airbag precautions .......... 37 Side and curtain shield airbags

operating conditions ............. 44 Side and curtain shield airbags

precautions........................... 37 SRS airbags............................ 34 SRS warning light ................. 435

Anchor brackets ........................ 59

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ...................................... 301

Warning light......................... 435 Assist grips.............................. 338 Audio input* Audio remote control switches* Audio system* Automatic High Beam............. 209 Automatic light control

system.................................... 204 Auxiliary boxes........................ 331

Back door................................. 127 Back-up lights

Replacing light bulb .............. 412 Wattage ................................ 483

Battery ...................................... 369 Checking............................... 369 If the vehicle has

discharged battery.............. 465 Preparing and checking

before winter ...................... 307 Replacing.............................. 468 Warning light......................... 434

Blind Spot Monitor (BSM)....... 283 Bluetooth* Bottle holders .......................... 328 Brake

Fluid...................................... 481 Parking brake ....................... 196 Warning light......................... 434

Brake assist ............................. 301 Brake Hold ............................... 201 Break-in tips ............................ 167 Brightness control

Instrument panel light control........................... 98

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ...... 283

A

B

535Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Care................................... 340, 344 Aluminum wheels.................. 341 Exterior ................................. 340 Interior................................... 344 Seat belts.............................. 345

Cargo capacity......................... 177 Cargo hooks............................. 330 Chains....................................... 308 Child restraint system............... 57

Fixed with a LATCH system ... 69 Fixed with a seat belt .............. 63 Front passenger occupant

classification system............. 48 Points to remember ................ 57 Riding with children................. 56 Types of child restraint system

installation method ............... 59 Using an anchor bracket......... 72

Child safety ................................ 56 Airbag precautions.................. 37 Battery precautions....... 372, 468 Child restraint system ............. 57 How your child should

wear the seat belt ................. 30 Installing child restraints ......... 59 Power window lock switch .... 157 Power window precautions ... 160 Rear door child-protectors .... 124 Removed wireless

remote control battery precautions............. 400

Seat belt extender precautions........................... 33

Seat belt precautions .............. 32 Seat heater precautions........ 321

Child-protectors ...................... 124 Cleaning ........................... 340, 344

Aluminum wheels ................. 341 Exterior ................................. 340 Interior .................................. 344 Seat belts.............................. 345

Condenser................................ 366 Console box............................. 327 Consumption screen............... 107 Continuously variable

transmission.......................... 190 If the shift lever cannot be

shifted from P..................... 193 M mode................................. 191

Cooling system........................ 365 Engine overheating............... 470

Cruise control .......................... 266 Cup holders ............................. 329 Curtain shield airbags............... 34 Customizable features ............ 500

C

*: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

536 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Daytime running light system.................................... 206

Deck board............................... 331 Defogger

Outside rear view mirrors...... 315 Rear window......................... 315 Windshield ............................ 315

Dimensions .............................. 476 Dinghy towing.......................... 179 Display

Multi-information display ......... 99 Warning message ................ 444

Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 355 Door lock

Back door.............................. 127 Key........................................ 121 Side doors............................. 120 Smart key system ......... 120, 127 Wireless remote control ........ 120

Doors Back door.............................. 127 Door lock........................ 120,127 Door windows ....................... 157 Open door warning

buzzer......................... 125, 128 Outside rear view mirrors...... 154 Rear door child-protector ...... 124 Side doors............................. 120

Drive information..................... 100 Driving ...................................... 164

Break-in tips.......................... 167 Correct posture ....................... 26 Procedures ........................... 164 Winter drive tips .................... 307

Eco Driving Indicator ................ 95 Electric Power Steering

(EPS) ...................................... 302 Warning light......................... 435

Electronic key .......................... 112 Battery-saving function ......... 135 If the electronic key does not

operate properly ................. 462 Replacing the battery............ 397

Emergency, in case of If a warning buzzer sounds... 434 If a warning light turns on ..... 434 If a warning message is

displayed ............................ 444 If the battery is discharged ... 465 If the electronic key does not

operate properly ................. 462 If the engine will not start...... 460 If the vehicle is trapped in

rising water......................... 425 If you have a flat tire ............. 449 If you think

something is wrong ............ 432 If your vehicle becomes

stuck................................... 473 If your vehicle has to be

stopped in an emergency... 423 If your vehicle needs to be

towed.................................. 426 If your vehicle overheats....... 470

D E

537Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Emergency flashers ................ 422 Engine....................................... 478

ACCESSORY mode ............. 184 Compartment ........................ 361 Engine switch................ 180, 183 Hood ..................................... 358 How to start

the engine................... 180, 183 Identification number ............ 477 If the engine will not start ...... 460 Ignition switch

(engine switch) ........... 180, 183 Overheating .......................... 470

Engine coolant......................... 365 Capacity................................ 480 Checking............................... 365 Preparing and checking

before winter....................... 307 Warning light......................... 437

Engine coolant temperature gauge........................................ 96

Engine immobilizer system ...... 84 Engine oil ................................. 362

Capacity................................ 478 Checking............................... 362 Preparing and checking

before winter....................... 307 Engine switch .................. 180, 183 EPS

(Electric Power Steering)...... 302 Warning light......................... 435

Event data recorder (EDR).......... 9

Flat tire ..................................... 449 Floor mats .................................. 24 Fluid

Brake .................................... 481 Continuously variable

transmission ....................... 481 Washer ................................. 373

Fog lights Replacing light bulbs ............ 417 Switch ................................... 214

Front interior light ................... 324 Wattage ................................ 483

Front passenger occupant classification system.............. 48

Front personal lights............... 325 Wattage ................................ 483

Front seats ............................... 143 Adjustment............................ 143 Cleaning ............................... 344 Correct driving posture ........... 26 Head restraints ..................... 147 Seat heaters ......................... 321

Front turn signal lights ........... 195 Replacing light bulbs .... 409, 417 Turn signal lever ................... 195 Wattage ................................ 483

Fuel ........................................... 220 Capacity................................ 478 Fuel gauge.............................. 96 Fuel pump shut off system ... 433 Information............................ 484 Refueling .............................. 220 Type...................................... 478 Warning light......................... 437

Fuel filler door ......................... 220 Refueling .............................. 220

Fuel pump shut off system..... 433 Fuses........................................ 401

F

538 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Gauges ....................................... 96 Glove box ................................. 327 Grocery bag hooks.................. 330

Hands-free system (for cellular phone)*

Head restraints ........................ 147 Headlights ................................ 204

Automatic High Beam system................................ 209

Headlight aim........................ 405 Light switch ........................... 204 Replacing light bulbs............. 417

Heated steering wheel............. 321 Heaters

Air conditioning system......... 312 Heated steering wheel .......... 321 Outside rear view mirrors...... 315 Seat heaters ......................... 321

Hill-start assist control............ 302 Hood ......................................... 358 Hooks

Cargo hooks ......................... 330 Grocery bag hooks ............... 330 Retaining hooks (floor mat)..... 24

Horn .......................................... 151

I/M test ...................................... 354 Identification ............................ 476

Engine .................................. 477 Vehicle.................................. 476

Ignition switch (engine switch).............. 180, 183

Illuminated entry system ........ 325 Immobilizer system................... 84 Indicators ................................... 91 Initialization

Engine oil maintenance data .................................... 348

Item to initialize..................... 512 Power windows..................... 159 Tire pressure

warning system .................. 377 Inside rear view mirror............ 153 Instrument panel light

control...................................... 98 Interior lights ........................... 323

G

H

I

539Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Jack Positioning the jack............... 360 Vehicle-equipped jack........... 450

Jack handle .............................. 450 Jam protection function

Power window....................... 158

Keyless entry Smart key system ......... 120, 127 Wireless remote control ........ 120

Keys.......................................... 112 Battery-saving function ......... 135 Electronic key ....................... 112 Engine switch................ 180, 183 If the electronic key does not

operate properly ................. 462 If you lose your keys ............. 114 Key number plate.................. 112 Keyless entry ................ 120, 127 Mechanical key ..................... 114 Replacing the battery............ 397 Warning buzzer..................... 134 Wireless remote control ........ 113

Knee airbags.............................. 35

Lane Tracing Assist (LTA)...... 246 Language ................................. 102 LATCH anchors ......................... 69 Lever

Auxiliary catch lever.............. 358 Hood lock

release lever....................... 358 Shift lever.............................. 190 Turn signal lever ................... 195 Wiper lever ................... 215, 218

License plate lights ................. 204 Light switch........................... 204 Replacing light bulbs ............ 413 Wattage ................................ 483

Light bulbs Replacing.............................. 407 Wattage ................................ 483

Lights Automatic High Beam

system................................ 209 Fog light switch..................... 214 Front Interior light ................. 324 Headlight aim........................ 405 Headlight switch ................... 204 Illuminated entry system....... 325 Interior lights list.................... 323 Luggage compartment

light..................................... 128 Personal lights ...................... 325 Rear interior light .................. 324 Replacing light bulbs ............ 407 Turn signal lever ................... 195 Vanity lights .......................... 336 Wattage ................................ 483

Lock steering column ..... 181, 186 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist)...... 246 Luggage cover......................... 332

J

K

L

*: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

540 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Maintenance Do-it-yourself maintenance... 355 General maintenance ........... 350 Maintenance data ................. 476 Maintenance

requirements ...................... 347 Reset the maintenance

data .................................... 348 Malfunction indicator lamp..... 435 Meter ........................................... 96

Indicators ................................ 91 Instrument panel

light control ........................... 98 Multi-information display ......... 99 Warning lights ......................... 89

Mirrors Inside rear view mirror .......... 153 Outside rear view mirror

defoggers ........................... 315 Outside rear view mirrors...... 154 Vanity mirrors........................ 336

Multi-information display.......... 99 Drive information................... 100 Language.............................. 102 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .... 246 PCS

(Pre-Collision system) ........ 231 RSA (Road Sign Assist)........ 261 Settings................................. 102 Warning message................. 444

Multimedia system*

Noise from under vehicle ........... 6

Odometer ................................... 96 Oil

Engine oil.............................. 478 Opener

Back door ............................. 128 Fuel filler door....................... 222 Hood..................................... 358

Outside rear view mirrors....... 154 Adjusting and folding ............ 154 BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 283 Outside rear view mirror

defoggers ........................... 315 RCTA

(Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ... 292 Outside temperature

display...................................... 96 Overheating, Engine ............... 470

M N

O

541Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Parking brake........................... 196 Operation ...................... 196, 197 Parking brake engaged

warning buzzer/message ... 199 Warning light......................... 436

Parking lights........................... 204 Light switch ........................... 204 Replacing light bulbs............. 417

PCS (Pre-Collision system) .... 231 Enabling/disabling the

system................................ 236 Personal lights......................... 325

Wattage ................................ 483 Power outlet ............................. 337 Power steering......................... 302

Warning light......................... 435 Power windows........................ 157

Jam protection function......... 158 Operation .............................. 157 Window lock switch............... 157

Pre-Collision system (PCS) .... 231 Enabling/disabling

the system.......................... 236

Radiator.................................... 366 Radio* RCTA

(Rear Cross Traffic Alert) ..... 292 Rear Cross Traffic Alert .......... 292 Rear interior light .................... 324 Rear seat

Folding down ........................ 145 Rear turn signal lights ............ 195

Replacing light bulbs ............ 410 Turn signal lever ................... 195 Wattage ................................ 483

Rear view monitor system* Rear window defogger............ 315 Rear window wiper.................. 218 Refueling.................................. 220

Capacity................................ 478 Fuel types ............................. 484 Opening the fuel tank cap..... 222 When the fuel filler door

cannot be opened .............. 222

P R

*: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

542 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Replacing Electronic key battery ........... 397 Fuses.................................... 401 Light bulbs ............................ 407 Tires...................................... 449 Wireless remote control

battery ................................ 397 Reporting safety defects for

U.S. owners............................ 514 Resetting the message

indicating maintenance is required.................................. 348

Road Sign Assist (RSA) .......... 261 RSA (Road Sign Assist) .......... 261

Safety Connect .......................... 76 Seat belt reminder light........... 437 Seat belts.................................... 28

Adjusting the seat belt ............ 29 Automatic Locking Retractor

(ALR) .................................... 30 Child restraint system

installation ............................ 57 Cleaning and maintaining

the seat belt........................ 345 Emergency Locking

Retractor (ELR) .................... 30 How to wear your seat belt ..... 28 How your child should

wear the seat belt ................. 30 Pregnant women,

proper seat belt use.............. 31 Reminder light and buzzer.... 437 Seat belt extender................... 30 Seat belt pretensioners........... 29 SRS warning light ................. 435

Seat heaters ............................. 321 Seats................................. 143, 145

Adjustment............................ 143 Adjustment precautions ........ 144 Child seats/child restraint

system installation................ 57 Cleaning ............................... 344 Front seats............................ 143 Head restraints ..................... 147 Properly sitting in the seat ...... 26 Rear seats ............................ 145 Seat heaters ......................... 321

Sensor Automatic headlight

system................................ 206 Automatic High Beam

system................................ 209 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .... 246 PCS

(Pre-Collision system) ........ 231 RSA (Road Sign Assist) ....... 261

Shift lever ................................. 190 Continuously variable

transmission ....................... 190 If the shift lever cannot be

shifted from P..................... 193 Shift lock system..................... 192 Side airbags............................... 34 Side marker lights ................... 204

Light switch........................... 204 Replacing

light bulbs ........... 409, 410, 417 Wattage ................................ 483

S

543Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Side mirrors ............................. 154 Adjustment............................ 154 Blind Spot Monitor ................ 283 Folding .................................. 155 Heaters ................................. 315 Rear Cross Traffic Alert ........ 292

Side turn signal lights ............. 195 Replacing light bulbs............. 414 Turn signal lever ................... 195 Wattage ................................ 483

Smart key system.................... 133 Antenna location ................... 133 Entry functions .............. 120, 127 Starting the engine................ 183

Snow tires ................................ 307 Spare tire .................................. 449

Inflation pressure .................. 482 Storage location.................... 450

Spark plug................................ 480 Specifications .......................... 476 Speedometer.............................. 96 Sport mode............................... 281 Steering lock

Column lock release ..... 181, 186 Steering wheel ......................... 151

Adjustment............................ 151 Audio switches* Meter control switches .......... 100 Telephone switches* TRIP switch .......................... 97

Stop lights ................................ 417 Storage feature ........................ 326 Stuck

If the vehicle becomes stuck ................................... 473

Sun visors ................................ 336

Switches Audio remote control

switches* Automatic High Beam

switch ................................. 209 Brake hold switch ................. 201 Cruise control switch ............ 266 Door lock switches................ 123 Emergency flashers switch... 422 Engine switch ............... 180, 183 Fog light switch..................... 214 Fuel filler door opener

switch ................................. 222 Heated steering wheel.......... 321 Ignition switch ............... 180, 183 Light switches ....................... 204 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .... 254 Meter control switches.......... 100 Outside rear view mirror

switches ............................. 154 Parking brake switch ............ 196 Power door lock switch......... 123 Power window switches........ 157 Rear window and

outside rear view mirror defoggers switch ................ 315

Seat heater switches ............ 321 Talk switch* Telephone switches* TRIP switch .......................... 97 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

switch ................................. 266 VSC off switch ...................... 302 Window lock switch .............. 157 Windshield wiper and

washer switch..................... 215

*: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

544 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Tachometer ................................ 96 Tail lights.................................. 204

Light switch ........................... 204 Replacing light bulbs............. 417

Talk switch* Telephone switches* Theft deterrent system

Engine immobilizer system..... 84 Tire inflation pressure............. 386

Maintenance data ................. 482 Warning light......................... 437

Tire information ....................... 487 Glossary................................ 494 Size....................................... 490 Tire identification number ..... 489 Uniform Tire Quality

Grading............................... 492 Tire pressure warning

system.................................... 377 Initializing .............................. 377 Installing tire pressure

warning valves and transmitters......................... 377

Registering ID codes ............ 379 Warning light......................... 437

Tires.......................................... 376 Chains................................... 308 Checking............................... 376 If you have a flat tire ............. 449 Inflation pressure .................. 482 Replacing.............................. 449 Rotating tires......................... 376 Size....................................... 482 Snow tires ............................. 307 Spare tire .............................. 449 Tire pressure warning

system................................ 377 Warning light......................... 437

Tools......................................... 450 Top tether strap ......................... 59 Total load capacity .................. 177 Towing

Dinghy towing....................... 179 Emergency towing ................ 426 Towing eyelet ....................... 428 Trailer towing ........................ 178

Toyota Safety Sense 2.5 ........ 224 Automatic High Beam........... 209 Dynamic radar cruise control

with full-speed range .......... 266 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .... 246 PCS

(Pre-Collision system) ........ 231 RSA (Road Sign Assist) ....... 261

Traction Control (TRAC) ......... 301 Transmission ........................... 190

Continuously variable transmission ....................... 190

If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P..................... 193

M mode................................. 191 TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 301 Trip meters................................. 96 Turn signal lights .................... 195

Replacing light bulbs........... 409, 410, 414, 417

Turn signal lever ................... 195 Wattage ................................ 483

T

545Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

USB memory* USB port*

Vanity lights ............................. 336 Wattage ................................ 483

Vanity mirrors .......................... 336 Vehicle data recording................ 8 Vehicle identification

number................................... 476 Vehicle Stability Control

(VSC) ...................................... 301 Voice command system* VSC

(Vehicle Stability Control) .... 301

Warning buzzers Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) ..... 283 Brake system........................ 434 Downshifting ......................... 192 Electric power steering ......... 435 Engine coolant

temperature........................ 437 Engine oil pressure............... 434 Engine system...................... 435 Key reminder ........................ 181 LTA (Lane Tracing Assist) .... 246 Open back door .................... 128 Open door............................. 125 Parking brake ....................... 199 Pre-collision warning ............ 231 Radar cruise control ............. 275 RSA (Road Sign Assist) ....... 261 Seat belt reminder ................ 437

U

V

W

*: Refer to MULTIMEDIA OWNERS MANUAL.

546 Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

Warning lights............................ 89 ABS....................................... 435 Brake hold operated

indicator.............................. 436 Brake Override System......... 438 Brake system................ 434, 436 Charging system................... 434 Electric parking brake ........... 436 Electric power steering

system................................ 435 Engine oil pressure ............... 434 High engine coolant

temperature warning light..................................... 437

Low fuel level ........................ 437 Malfunction indicator lamp.... 435 PCS warning light ................. 436 RCTA OFF indicator........... 435 Seat belt reminder light......... 437 Slip indicator ......................... 436 SRS ...................................... 435 Tire pressure......................... 437

Warning messages.................. 444 Washer ............................. 215, 218

Checking............................... 373 Preparing and checking

before winter ...................... 307 Switch ........................... 215, 218

Washing and waxing............... 340 Weight ...................................... 476 What to do if...

(Troubleshooting) ................. 530 Wheels...................................... 390

Replacing.............................. 390 Size....................................... 482

Window glasses ...................... 157 Window lock switch ................ 157 Windows................................... 157

Power windows..................... 157 Rear window defogger.......... 315

Windshield wipers................... 215 Winter driving tips................... 307 Wireless remote control ......... 113

Battery-saving function ......... 135 Locking/Unlocking ................ 120 Replacing the battery............ 397

547Alphabetical index

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

548

C-HR_OM_USA_OM10723U

GAS STATION INFORMATION

Auxiliary catch lever Fuel filler door opener Fuel filler door

P. 358 P. 222 P. 222

Hood lock release lever

Tire inflation pres- sure

P. 358 P.

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the C-HR Toyota works, you can view and download the Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Toyota C-HR as well as other Toyota manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Toyota C-HR. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Toyota C-HR 2022 SUV Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.